JP2025158143A - gaming machines - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a game machine with enhanced performance control.SOLUTION: A game machine includes: multiple speakers; multiple audio circuits connected to the multiple speakers; and a first substrate on which the multiple audio circuits are arranged. On at least a first audio circuit and a second audio circuit of the multiple audio circuits, a first component, multiple second components, and a third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range. A spacing between the multiple second components is the same or substantially the same, with no components mounted in an area defined by the spacing. A certain connector electrically connectable to a certain speaker is arranged near a certain audio circuit. The first component is an audio amplifier. The first substrate is provided with thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifier, and the thermal vias are arranged in the same or substantially the same manner in the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 27

Description

The present invention relates to gaming machines such as slot machines (slot machines) and pachinko machines (pinball machines).

Conventionally, slot machines are known as one type of gaming machine. In such slot machines, effects are sometimes produced using a liquid crystal display device, a speaker, or the like in response to the awarding of a special prize (see, for example, Patent Document 1).

JP 2016-73461 A

However, there is still room for improvement in performance control.

The present invention was made in consideration of these circumstances, and aims to provide a gaming machine that can improve presentation control.

In order to achieve the above object, the gaming machine according to the present invention has, as one aspect thereof,
Multiple speakers of different types,
a plurality of audio circuits electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine comprising: a first substrate on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged;
At least a first audio circuit and a second audio circuit of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range,
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap,
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
the certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit,
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the first substrate is provided with a thermal via corresponding to the audio amplifier,
the first board is provided with the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the second audio circuit in the same or substantially the same manner;
It is characterized by:

This invention makes it possible to provide a gaming machine with improved presentation control.

1 is a perspective view showing the appearance of a slot machine according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 2 is a circuit block diagram of a control unit of a slot machine according to an embodiment of the present invention. 1A is a time chart showing the transition of a demo screen in a slot machine according to an embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 1B is a time chart showing the transition of a demo screen in a conventional slot machine. (A) is a time chart showing the transition of a demo screen in a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention, and (B) is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed on the liquid crystal display device of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention. 10 is an example of a slump graph showing the transition of the difference in the number of coins in a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 10 is a sequence diagram showing the flow of maximum coin number update processing in the slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention. (A) is a flowchart showing the flow of the maximum number display processing in the demo screen display of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention, (B) is a diagram explaining the configuration of the LCD command of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention, and (C) is a diagram explaining the display markers and non-display markers of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention. (A) is a functional block diagram of the first sub-control unit of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention, and (B) is a diagram showing an example of the connection between the CPU and drive circuit shown in Figure 8 (A). (A) and (B) are diagrams showing an example of an LED driver used as a lamp driving circuit in the first sub-control unit of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention. (A) and (B) are diagrams showing the configuration of control data for controlling lamps of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention, and (C) is a diagram explaining a method of communicating control data of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention. 1 is an external view of a slot machine according to an embodiment of the present invention, showing the position of a speaker. FIG. (a) is a top view of the first sub-control board of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention, (b) is a layout diagram of each component of the audio circuit shown in (a), (c) is a diagram showing the terminal layout of the audio amplifier IC shown in (a) and (b), and (d) is a cross-sectional view taken along line Y-Y in (a). 12(a) is a circuit diagram showing signal lines of the audio circuit shown in FIG. 12(a), and FIG. 12(b) is a circuit diagram showing power supply lines of the audio circuit shown in FIG. 12(a). (a) is a top view of the first sub-control board on which each component of the first sub-control unit of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention is arranged, and (b) and (c) are diagrams explaining the ground of the first sub-control board shown in (a). A top view of the first sub-control board of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention (modified example). 16A is a circuit diagram of a signal line of the audio circuit shown in FIG. 15, and FIG. 16B is a circuit diagram of a power supply line of the audio circuit shown in FIG. 15. 15. (a) is a diagram showing the first layer of the first sub-control board shown in FIG. 15, and (b) is a diagram showing the third layer of the first sub-control board shown in FIG. 15A is a diagram showing the fourth layer of the first sub-control board shown in FIG. 15, and FIG. 15B is a diagram showing the fifth layer of the first sub-control board shown in FIG. 15. FIG. 15A is a diagram showing the seventh layer of the first sub-control board shown in FIG. 15, and FIG. 15B is a diagram showing the eighth layer of the first sub-control board shown in FIG. 15. FIG. 10A, 10B, and 10C are diagrams illustrating the layout of the audio circuits provided on the first sub-control board of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention. (a), (b), and (c) are diagrams explaining the position of the output terminal of the audio amplifier IC of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention, and (d), (e), and (f) are diagrams explaining the arrangement of each component of the audio circuit of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention. 1A, 1B, 1C, and 1D are schematic diagrams illustrating the layout of each component of the audio circuit of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention, and are diagrams explaining the layout relationships of each component. 1A and 1B are schematic diagrams illustrating the layout of components in a sound circuit of a slot machine according to an embodiment of the present invention, and are diagrams illustrating the layout relationships of the components. 1C is a schematic diagram illustrating the layout of components in a sound circuit of a slot machine according to an embodiment of the present invention, and is a diagram illustrating a wiring pattern. This is a top view of the first sub-control board of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention (modified example), and is a diagram explaining silk display. (a), (b), and (c) are diagrams explaining the ventilation holes provided in the board case of the first sub-control board shown in Figure 12(a), and (d) is an oblique view of the appearance of one audio circuit as seen from direction A in Figure 25(a). (a) is a diagram explaining the ventilation holes provided in the board case of the first sub-control board shown in Figure 12(a) (modified example), and (b) and (c) are explanatory diagrams of the board case of the first sub-control board shown in Figure 12(a) (modified example). 1A is a top view of a first sub-control board of a slot machine according to an embodiment of the present invention, and is a diagram illustrating the layout of heat dissipation holes (thermal vias) provided in the first sub-control board. 1B is a diagram illustrating the routing of audio signal lines between an audio amplifier IC and a coil in the audio circuit shown in 1A. 1C is a diagram illustrating the layout of components in the monaural audio circuit shown in 1A.

Embodiments of the present invention will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.

The slot machine described below uses a so-called medal-less configuration, which uses information equivalent to the number of actual medals (virtual medal count), but in the following explanation, this information will be referred to as "medal count."

[First embodiment]
The slot machine of this embodiment is a gaming machine in which a predetermined number of gaming medals are inserted, and multiple reels each bearing multiple types of patterns begin to rotate upon receiving a predetermined rotation start instruction operation, and based on the reception of the rotation start instruction operation, a lottery is held to determine whether multiple types of internal winning combinations have been won, and each of the multiple reels stops spinning individually upon receiving a predetermined rotation stop instruction operation.If the conditions determined by the combination of patterns when the multiple reels stop based on the result of the lottery meet the predetermined payout conditions, a process to pay out the number of gaming medals is executed and the game ends, but if they do not meet the predetermined payout conditions, the process to pay out the number of gaming medals is not executed and the game ends;

Conventionally, there are gaming machines that display the number of coins won during advantageous gaming states such as during AT or bonus periods, giving players a sense of satisfaction. However, this sense of satisfaction can only be felt when a certain number of coins has been won (for example, 500, 1000, etc.). Conversely, when a small number of coins has been won (for example, 50 or 100), the player may feel dissatisfied rather than satisfied, so there is a risk that displaying the number of coins won could upset the player.

Also, previously, if an incompatible bet (a bet less than the required amount) was set, the demo screen would not be displayed. As a result, gaming machines that had been used up while an incompatible bet was set were not recognized as vacant machines and could be left vacant for a long time.

This embodiment provides a gaming machine that can solve the above problems.

<Overall structure>
First, the basic configuration of the slot machine 100 and the basic configuration of the lending machine 700 will be described with reference to Fig. 1. Fig. 1 is an external perspective view of the slot machine 100 and the lending machine 700 as viewed from the front side (player side).

The slot machine 100 shown in Figure 1 corresponds to an example of a gaming machine of the present invention, and comprises a main body 101 and a front door 102 attached to the front side of the main body 101 and capable of being opened and closed relative to the main body 101. Three reels (left reel 110, center reel 111, right reel 112) with multiple types of symbols arranged on their outer peripheries are housed inside the center of the main body 101 (not shown), and are configured to rotate inside the slot machine 100. These reels 110 to 112 are driven to rotate by a drive device such as a stepping motor.

In this embodiment, each symbol is printed at equal intervals on a strip-shaped member in appropriate numbers, and this strip-shaped member is attached to a predetermined circular cylindrical frame to form each reel 110-112. When viewed by the player, the symbols on the reels 110-112 are displayed in approximately three rows vertically through the display window 113, making a total of nine symbols visible. The symbol displayed on the top row of the left reel 110 is called the left reel top symbol, the symbol displayed on the middle row of the left reel 110 is called the left reel middle symbol, the symbol displayed on the bottom row of the left reel 110 is called the left reel bottom symbol, the symbol displayed on the top row of the middle reel 111 is called the middle reel top symbol, the symbol displayed on the middle row of the left reel 111 is called the middle reel middle symbol, the symbol displayed on the bottom row of the middle reel 111 is called the middle reel bottom symbol, the symbol displayed on the top row of the right reel 112 is called the right reel top symbol, the symbol displayed on the middle row of the right reel 112 is called the right reel middle symbol, and the symbol displayed on the bottom row of the right reel 112 is called the right reel bottom symbol, and each symbol on each reel 110 to 112 is displayed three vertically on each of the reels 110 to 112 through the display window 113, for a total of nine symbols. By spinning each of the reels 110-112, the combination of symbols visible to the player changes. In other words, each of the reels 110-112 functions as a display device that variably displays a variety of symbol combinations. Note that, in addition to reels, electronic image display devices such as liquid crystal displays can also be used as such display devices. Furthermore, although the slot machine 100 shown in Figure 1 has three reels located inside and at the center of the slot machine 100, the number of reels and their installation locations are not limited to this.

A backlight (not shown) is located on the back of each reel 110-112 to illuminate the individual symbols displayed in the display window 113. It is desirable for the backlight to be shielded for each symbol so that each symbol can be evenly illuminated. Inside the slot machine 100, an optical sensor (not shown) consisting of a light-emitting section and a light-receiving section is located near each reel 110-112, and a light-blocking piece of a certain length attached to the reel passes between the light-emitting section and the light-receiving section of this optical sensor. The rotational position of the symbols on the reel is determined based on the detection results of this optical sensor, and the reels 110-112 are stopped so that the desired symbol is displayed on the pay line.

The winning line indicator lamp 120 indicates the active winning lines. A winning line is a line that determines whether a symbol combination corresponding to a winning combination is displayed. The active winning lines are predetermined based on the number of medals bet as gaming media. There are five winning lines. For example, if one medal is bet, the middle horizontal winning line is active. If two medals are bet, the top horizontal winning line and the bottom horizontal winning line are active, adding three lines. If three medals are bet, the bottom right winning line and the top right winning line are active, adding five lines. Note that the number of winning lines is not limited to five. For example, if one medal is bet, the five active winning lines may be the middle horizontal winning line, the top horizontal winning line, the bottom horizontal winning line, the bottom right winning line, and the top right winning line. Hereinafter, active winning lines may be referred to as active lines.

The notification lamp 123 is a lamp that notifies the player that, for example, a specific winning combination (e.g., a bonus combination or a special combination) has been internally won in the internal lottery described below, or that this internal winning state has been carried over. The medal insertion possible lamp 124 is a lamp that notifies the player that they can insert medals. The replay lamp 122 is a lamp that notifies the player that they can replay the current game (no medal insertion is necessary) if they won a replay combination, which is one of the winning combinations, in the previous game. The reel panel lamp 128 is a lamp for presentation purposes.

The bet button 130 or 132 is a button for inserting a predetermined number of medals (called credits) electronically stored in the slot machine 100. In the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, one medal is inserted each time the bet button 130 is pressed. Pressing the button once inserts one medal, pressing it once again inserts an additional medal (for a total of two medals), and pressing it once again inserts an additional medal (for a total of three medals). Pressing the bet button 132 inserts three medals. Hereinafter, the bet button 130 may be referred to as the "1-coin bet button," and the bet button 132 may be referred to as the "MAX bet button." The medal insertion lamp 129 lights up a number of lamps corresponding to the number of medals inserted. When the specified number of medals have been inserted, the game start lamp 121 lights up, indicating that game play is ready to begin. Since the slot machine 100 in this embodiment is a gaming machine designed specifically for betting three medals, the specified number is three.

The game information display 126 is a display for displaying various internal information (for example, the number of medals paid out during bonus play) as numerical values. The payout number display 127 is a display for displaying the number of medals paid out to a player as a result of winning some kind of winning combination. Note that below, the expression "granted to the player" may also be used to mean the same thing as "paid out to the player." The game information display 126 and the payout number display 127 are composed of 7-segment (SEG) displays.

The start lever 135 is a lever-type switch used to start the rotation of the reels 110 to 112. In other words, when the bet button 130 or 132 is operated and the start lever 135 is operated, the reels 110 to 112 begin to spin. Operating the start lever 135 is called the game start operation.

The stop button unit 136 is provided with stop buttons 137-139, consisting of a left stop button 137, a center stop button 138, and a right stop button 139. The stop buttons 137-139 are button-type switches for individually stopping the reels 110-112 that began spinning when the start lever 135 was operated, and are associated with each reel 110-112. More specifically, the left reel 110 can be stopped by operating the left stop button 137, the center reel 111 can be stopped by operating the center stop button 138, and the right reel 112 can be stopped by operating the right stop button 139. Hereinafter, operations on the stop buttons 137-139 will be referred to as stop operations, with the first stop operation being referred to as the first stop operation, the next stop operation being referred to as the second stop operation, and the final stop operation being referred to as the third stop operation. The reels stopped in response to these stop operations will be referred to as the first stop reel, second stop reel, and third stop reel, respectively. Furthermore, the order in which the stop buttons 137-139 are operated to stop all of the spinning reels 110-112 is referred to as the operation sequence or push order. Furthermore, an operation sequence in which the first stop operation is an operation to stop the left reel 110, the second stop operation is an operation to stop the center reel 111, and the third stop operation is an operation to stop the right reel 112 is referred to as the "forward push operation sequence" or simply "forward push," while a stop operation in which the first stop operation is an operation to stop the right reel 112, the second stop operation is an operation to stop the center reel 111, and the third stop operation is an operation to stop the left reel 110 is referred to as the "reverse push operation sequence" or simply "reverse push." Note that light-emitting elements may be provided inside each of the stop buttons 137-139, and when the stop buttons 137-139 can be operated, the light-emitting elements can be lit to notify the player.

The instruction monitor 125 is a display for displaying information regarding the operation sequence (press order) of the stop buttons 137 to 139. This instruction monitor 125 is also composed of a 7-segment (SEG) display. For example, if the instruction is to operate the left stop button 137, the middle stop button 138, and the right stop button 139 in that order, the instruction monitor 125 displays "1," and if the instruction is to operate the left stop button 137, the right stop button 139, and the middle stop button 138 in that order, the instruction monitor 125 displays "2."

The settlement button 134 is a button for returning inserted gaming medals (number of bets) to the medal count control unit 350. The door key hole 140 is a hole for inserting a key to unlock the front door 102 of the slot machine 100.

The game medal count display device 170 is a five-digit seven-segment (SEG) display that displays the game medal count recorded by the medal count control unit 350 shown in Figure 2.

The count button 171 is an operating means for transmitting information on the number of game medals recorded in the medal count control unit 350 shown in Figure 2 to the lending machine 700.

Below the stop button unit 136 is a title panel 162 that displays the model name and allows various certificate stamps to be affixed.

The sound hole 145 is a hole for outputting sound from the speaker 277 (see Figure 2) installed inside the slot machine 100 to the outside. The side lamps 144 installed on each side of the front door 102 are decorative lamps for livening up the game. The performance device 160 is arranged above the front door 102, and the performance device 160 has a sound hole 143 above it for outputting sound from the speaker 272 (see Figure 2) to the outside. This effect device 160 includes a shutter (shielding device) 163 consisting of two shutters, a right shutter 163a and a left shutter 163b, which can be opened and closed horizontally, and an effect image display device 157 (liquid crystal display device) disposed behind the shutter 163. When the right shutter 163a and the left shutter 163b are opened horizontally outward in front of the effect image display device 157, the display screen of the effect image display device 157 appears in front of the slot machine 100 (the player side, front side). Note that the display device does not have to be a liquid crystal display device; any display device capable of displaying various effect images and various game information may be used. For example, a multi-segment display (7-segment display), a dot matrix display, an organic EL display, a plasma display, a reel (drum), or a display device consisting of a projector and a screen may be used. The display screen is rectangular and configured so that the entire screen can be viewed by the player. In this embodiment, the display screen is rectangular, but it may also be square. Additionally, decorations (not shown) can be provided around the periphery of the display screen, causing part of the periphery of the display screen to be hidden by the decorations, making the display screen appear irregularly shaped. In this embodiment, the display screen has a flat surface, but it may also have a curved surface. This effect image display device 157 corresponds to an example of effect means.

The lending machine 700 shown in Figure 1 is sometimes referred to as a card unit and corresponds to an example of a gaming media management device of the present invention. This lending machine 700 is installed in a one-to-one relationship with the slot machine 100.

The lending machine 700 accepts cards. There are two types of "cards" referred to here. One is a visitor card (also called a general card) with a prepaid function, which is a gaming storage medium issued to general players who are not registered as members. The other is a member card, which is a gaming storage medium issued to member players who have registered as members at the gaming center. An IC card is used as the card.

The card stores a value. The value stored on the card includes the "number of medals held" and the "money balance," which is the remaining amount of prepaid money.

The lending machine 700 that accepts a card has the function of converting the "number of possessed medals" stored on the card into the "number of gaming medals (number of credits)." The "number of gaming medals (number of credits)" is data that can be used to set the bet amount and can be converted into the "number of possessed medals." The "number of gaming medals" is obtained by debiting the card's "money balance" or "number of possessed medals." The "number of gaming medals" also includes the number of medals won by winning. This "number of gaming medals" is managed by the medal count control unit 350 shown in Figure 2, and is the number of electronic medals (amount of electronic gaming value) electromagnetically stored. The "number of gaming medals" is decremented by inserting coins using the bet buttons 130, 132.

The "number of medals in possession" is a value obtained by converting the "number of game medals (number of credits)" into a count. This "number of medals in possession" is stored in a manner that allows it to be identified by the player's card. In other words, by operating the count button 171, the "number of game medals" is converted into the "number of medals in possession" and can be stored on the card. The "number of medals in possession" may also be managed by a management device for managing the number of medals in possession installed in the gaming facility.

The front side of the lending machine 700 is provided with a bill insertion slot 701 at the top for inserting bills and a card insertion slot 702 at the bottom for inserting cards. A membership card or visitor card inserted into this card insertion slot 702 is accepted by a card reader/writer, and the information stored on the card is read. Bills inserted into the bill insertion slot 701 are identified for authenticity and type, and the face value of the bill is stored as the "money balance" on the card inserted into the card insertion slot 702.

An information display 703 is provided below the bill insertion slot 701. This information display 703 is a display that provides operation guidance for the lending machine 700 and the status of the slot machine 100 using text and images. The surface may be configured as a touch panel, allowing various operations to be input by touching the various displayed items with a finger.

Below the information display 703, a cash balance display 705 and a medal count balance display 706 are arranged in two rows, one above the other. The cash balance display 705 displays the "cash balance" stored on the card inserted into the card slot 702 as a monetary amount. Meanwhile, the medal count balance display 706 displays the "number of medals held" stored on the card inserted into the card slot 702 as the number of medals.

A lending button 707 and a card return button 708 are provided in the vertical center of the lending machine 700. The lending button 707 is an operating means for withdrawing the "money balance" stored on the card inserted into the card insertion slot 702 to obtain the "number of game medals." Specifically, if the card inserted into the card insertion slot 702 has a "money balance," an LED lamp built into the lending button 707 lights up in a manner indicating that withdrawal is possible. By operating the lending button 707 in this state, the "number of game medals" is increased according to the amount of money withdrawn. For example, a "number of game medals" equivalent to a predetermined amount of 1,000 yen is added. Furthermore, if the "money balance" on the card is less than a predetermined amount (e.g., less than 1,000 yen), only the "number of game medals" converted from the current balance at a predetermined rate is added. Note that even if the "cash balance" of the card is less than a predetermined amount, the "number of possessed medals" stored on the card may be replenished, and the "number of game medals" may be increased by a predetermined amount. The card return button 708 is operated when the player ends the game, and is an operating means for storing the "number of possessed medals" determined at the end of the game in the card inserted in the card insertion slot 702 and discharging the card. The "number of possessed medals" determined at the end of the game is the number of medals obtained by subtracting the number of medals converted to the "number of game medals" from the "number of possessed medals" stored on the card inserted in the card insertion slot 702, and then adding the number of game medals counted by the counting operation. The data of the "cash balance," "number of possessed medals," and "number of game medals" described above are converted in the following order: "cash balance" and "number of possessed medals" → "number of game medals" → "number of possessed medals." In this way, the "number of medals held" specified by the card is converted into the "number of gaming medals," and in the slot machine 100 of this embodiment, this "number of gaming medals" can be used to set the number of bets. This makes it possible to provide a new slot machine (controlled gaming machine) that does not use real medals for gaming, without causing confusion to players who are accustomed to conventional slot machines in which real medals are loaned to them, credits are secured by inserting those real medals, and the number of bets is set using those credits.

While this specification does not refer to the "number of medals saved," this "number of medals saved" refers to the number of medals deposited at the amusement facility, rather than being stored on the card. At the amusement facility, the number of medals a player acquires through play may be managed as "points" by the hall management terminal or other management computer for the day, and as "number of medals saved" from the day after acquisition. If both the "number of medals saved" and the "number of medals saved" are stored, priority is given to deducting from the "number of medals saved." Both the "number of medals saved" and the "number of medals saved" may also be stored in a host server (not shown) in association with the card number. In the case of a visitor card, the "number of medals saved" is stored directly on the visitor card, but the "number of medals saved" may also be stored in the host server in association with the card number. When storing the number of medals in association with the card number in the host server, data identifying the time the data was stored in the host server may be written to the card (membership card, visitor card) and then ejected. The "cash balance" is written directly onto the card (membership card, visitor card) and then ejected. The "number of medals held" is stored on the card (membership card, visitor card) or in the host server, for example, when the counting button 171 is operated and the counting process is performed. However, instead, the information may be stored all at once when the card is returned. Furthermore, when a player finishes playing and returns the card from the lending machine 700, the "number of medals held" stored in the lending machine 700 may be temporarily stored as saved medals in the hall management terminal 800. When the player inserts the card into the same or a different lending machine 700 on the same day the card was returned, only the "number of medals held" for that day that was temporarily stored as saved medals may be stored again in the lending machine 700, and the "number of medals played" may be added within the range of the "number of medals held" so that the player can play.

The rental machine 700 may also be equipped with an IR photosensitive unit that receives infrared signals from a remote control carried by an amusement center attendant, converts them into electronic signals, and outputs them.

Furthermore, while the lending machine 700 shown in FIG. 1 allows for the lending of "game medal count" by operating the lending button 707 and debiting the "money balance" stored on the card, it may also be possible to debit the "owned medal count" recorded on the card and convert it into "game medal count." Specifically, a medal button is provided on the lending machine 700, and if the card inserted in the card slot 702 contains "owned medal count," the built-in LED lamp on the medal button lights up to indicate that withdrawal is possible. By operating the medal button in this state, if the owned medal count is equal to or exceeds a predetermined number (e.g., 50), the "game medal count" is increased by a predetermined number (e.g., 50). Furthermore, the number of owned medals acquired by the player during play as described above is stored on the card as "owned points" for the day, or managed by the hall management terminal 800 or other management computer, and a replay button is provided on the lending machine 700. If there are "points" available, the LED lamp built into the replay button will light up in a manner indicating that withdrawals are possible. By operating the replay button in this state, a predetermined number (for example, 50) of "game medals" may be added to the "number of game medals."

<Circuit configuration of control unit>
Next, the circuit configuration of the control unit of the slot machine 100 will be described in detail with reference to Figure 2. This figure shows a circuit block diagram of the control unit.

The control units of the slot machine 100 are broadly divided into a main control unit 300 that controls the progress of the game, a first sub-control unit 400 that controls the main presentation in response to command signals (hereinafter simply referred to as "commands") sent by the main control unit 300, and a second sub-control unit 500 that controls various devices based on the commands sent from the first sub-control unit 400. With regard to the main control unit 300, a large data capacity makes it difficult to verify the program and can also create a breeding ground for illegal modifications, which can lead to security issues. Therefore, there are limits on the data capacity of the ROM 306 and RAM 308 of the main control unit 300.

<Main control unit>
First, the main control unit 300 of the slot machine 100 will be described. The main control unit 300 includes a game control unit 302 that controls the progress of the game and a medal count control unit 350 that controls the number of game medals owned by the player. The game control unit 302 corresponds to an example of game control means, and the medal count control unit 350 corresponds to an example of game value number control means. The game control unit 302 includes a CPU 304, a ROM 306 that stores control program data, lottery data used in the internal lottery for winning combinations, and information such as the reel symbol arrangement and stop positions, a RAM 308 for temporarily storing data, an I/O 310 for controlling the input and output of various devices, a counter timer 312 for measuring time, number of times, and a WDT (watchdog timer) (not shown). Note that other storage devices may be used for the ROM 306 and RAM 308; the same applies to the medal count control unit 350, first sub-control unit 400, and second sub-control unit 500, which will be described later. The CPU 304 of this game control unit 302 operates by receiving a clock signal with a predetermined period output by a crystal oscillator (not shown) as a system clock. Furthermore, when the power is turned on, the CPU 304 transmits frequency division data stored in a predetermined area of the ROM 306 to the counter timer 312. The counter timer 312 determines an interrupt time based on the received frequency division data and transmits an interrupt request to the CPU 304 at each interrupt time. The CPU 304 monitors each sensor and transmits drive pulses in response to this interrupt request. For example, if the clock signal output by the crystal oscillator 315b is set to 8 MHz, the frequency division value of the counter timer 312 is set to 1/256, and the frequency division data in the ROM 306 is set to 47, the reference time for the interrupt is 256 × 47 ÷ 8 MHz = 1.504 ms.

The main control unit 300 is equipped with a random number generation circuit (not shown) that is used as a hardware random number counter that fluctuates between 0 and 65535 based on a clock signal input from a crystal oscillator (not shown), and a start-up signal output circuit (not shown) that outputs a start-up signal (reset signal) when power is applied. The CPU 304 of the game control unit 302 begins game control when a start-up signal is input from this start-up signal output circuit.

The CPU 304 of the game control unit 302 also monitors the status of each bet button 130, 132, start lever 135, each stop button 137-139, and settlement button 134 at each interrupt time. For example, when it detects that a bet button 130, 132 has been turned on, it executes a process to electronically insert medals stored electronically in the medal count control unit 350 as medals to be inserted into the game. When it detects that the start lever 135 has been turned on, it outputs a signal indicating this detection to the random number generation circuit. Upon receiving this signal, the random number generation circuit latches the value at that timing and stores it in a register that stores random numbers to be used in the lottery. When it detects that the left stop button 137, center stop button 138, or right stop button 139 has been turned on, it executes stop control of the reels 110-112 corresponding to each stop button if they are in a stoppable state. When it detects that the settlement button 134 has been turned on, it executes a process to electronically return the inserted gaming medals to the medal count control unit 350.

The CPU 304 of the game control unit 302 also monitors the status of various sensors 318 (such as the optical sensor on the left reel 110, center reel 111, and right reel 112) at each interrupt time. The optical sensors on the left reel 110, center reel 111, and right reel 112 are installed in predetermined positions on the mounting bases of each reel 110-112, and turn low each time a light-shielding piece attached to the reel frame passes over them. Rotational position information, which indicates how far the reel has rotated from the reference position between the time it first turns low and the time it next turns low, is calculated based on the counted value of the clock signal output by the crystal oscillator 315b. When the CPU 304 detects the low signal, it determines that the reel has rotated once and resets the reel rotational position information to zero. This rotational position information is stored in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300.

The main control unit 300 includes a drive circuit 322 that drives the motors provided on the reels 110-112, a drive circuit 324 that drives display devices such as the instruction monitor 125, game information display 126, and payout number display 127, and a drive circuit 326 that drives various lamps 336 (win line indicator lamp 120, notification lamp 123, medal insertion possible lamp 124, replay lamp 122, medal insertion lamp 129, and game start lamp 121).

Furthermore, the slot machine 100 has setting values that vary in the degree of advantage given to the player. Setting 1 to Setting 6 are available as setting values. The higher the setting value, the greater the advantage given to the player tends to be. Specifically, an internal winning probability is determined for each setting value. Furthermore, even if the internal winning probability is the same for each setting value, setting differences may be set for AT-related lotteries such as AT transition lotteries and AT addition lotteries, and CZ-related lotteries such as CZ transition lotteries and high-probability transition lotteries that give an advantage to CZ transitions. A setting change button 175 that is operated when changing these setting values is connected to the game control unit 302.

In addition, an information output circuit 328 is connected to the game control unit 302, and the main control unit 300 outputs game information (e.g., information indicating the game status) of the slot machine 100 via this information output circuit 328 to an information input circuit 650 provided in an external hall computer (not shown) or the like.

The main control unit 300 also has a voltage monitoring circuit (not shown) that monitors the voltage value of the power supply supplied to the main control unit 300 from the power management unit (not shown). This voltage monitoring circuit outputs a low voltage signal indicating a drop in voltage to both the game control unit 302 and the medal count control unit 350 when the power supply voltage value is below a predetermined value (e.g., 9V).

The main control unit 300 also has an output interface for sending commands to the first sub-control unit 400, enabling communication with the first sub-control unit 400. Note that information communication between the main control unit 300 and the first sub-control unit 400 is one-way communication, and the main control unit 300 is configured to be able to send signals such as commands to the first sub-control unit 400, but is configured so that signals such as commands cannot be sent from the first sub-control unit 400 to the main control unit 300.

Like the game control unit 302, the medal count control unit 350 is equipped with a CPU 354, ROM 356, RAM 358, an I/O 360 for controlling the input and output of various devices, and a counter timer 362 for measuring time, number of times, etc. CPUs 304 and 354 are mounted on the same board and connected via a buffer IC. This allows CPU 304 to use ROM 306 and RAM 308 without using ROM 356 and RAM 358, and allows CPU 354 to use ROM 356 and RAM 358 without using ROM 306 and RAM 308. It also includes a WDT (watchdog timer), not shown. The CPU 354 of the medal count control unit 350 also operates by inputting a clock signal with a predetermined period output by a crystal oscillator, not shown, as the system clock. Furthermore, when the power is turned on, the CPU 354 transmits frequency division data stored in a specified area of the ROM 356 to the counter timer 362. The counter timer 362 determines the interrupt time based on the received frequency division data and transmits an interrupt request to the CPU 354 at each interrupt time. The CPU 354 operates in response to this interrupt request. The medal count control unit 350 executes interrupt processing every 0.745 ms. It also repeatedly communicates with the lending machine 700 at 300 ms intervals.

The CPU 354 of the medal count control unit 350 also has a start-up signal output circuit (not shown) that outputs a start-up signal (reset signal) when power is applied, and the CPU 354 of the medal count control unit 350 also begins medal count control when a start-up signal is input from this start-up signal output circuit.

The basic circuit of the medal count control unit 350 is connected to a game medal count display device 170 consisting of a 5-digit 7-segment (SEG) display, a count button 171, and a game medal count clear button 172.

The basic circuit of the medal count control unit 350 is also connected to the lending machine 700 via the lending machine connection terminal board 790. The medal count control unit 350 communicates bidirectionally with the lending machine 700.

The medal count control unit 350 sends various commands to the game control unit 302. The game control unit 302 also sends various commands to the medal count control unit 350. In other words, communication between the medal count control unit 350 and the game control unit 302 is also two-way communication.

The medal count control unit 350 also stores the "game medal count" in a designated area of RAM 358. Specifically, the "game medal count" is stored in a credit counter. The medal count control unit 350 updates the "game medal count" stored in a designated area of RAM 358 by adding or subtracting. Examples of adding processes include processes based on a payout command sent from the game control unit 302, processes based on a settlement command sent from the game control unit 302, and processes based on a loan notification sent from the loan machine 700. On the other hand, examples of subtracting processes include counting processes based on the operation of the count button 171, and processes based on an input command sent from the game control unit 302.

The medal count clear button 172 shown in FIG. 2 is located in a position that cannot be operated by the player (e.g., a position that cannot be operated without opening the front door 102), and is an operating means for clearing the "medal count" stored in a specified area of RAM 358. For example, if a player leaves the game with "2" remaining in the medal count, it becomes difficult to determine whether the player with "2" intends to continue playing, preventing another player from starting play. However, if the medal count can be cleared by a store clerk, another player can be welcomed sooner. Note that the "medal count" does not necessarily have to be cleared when the medal count clear button 172 is operated. For example, it may be cleared if the medal count is two or less, and if three or more medals are remaining, counting may be performed in the same way as when the count button 171 is operated. If the count button 171 malfunctions and cannot recognize that it has been operated, the "number of game medals" cannot be converted to the "number of held medals," which could be detrimental to the player. However, if counting can be performed by a store clerk, this would avoid any disadvantage to the player. Furthermore, there is no need to provide a new count button for store clerks, which would not increase costs. Note that instead of determining the number of game medals to determine whether to clear or count, clear and count may be determined by the method of operation of the game medal count clear button 172. For example, a short press would clear, and a long press would count. Clearing or counting can be easily selected regardless of the number of game medals. Furthermore, clearing occurs when only the game medal clear button 172 is operated, and counting occurs when the game medal clear button 172 and another button are operated simultaneously. This reduces the possibility of operating incorrectly, making it easy to select either clear or count.

<Sub-control section>
Next, the first sub-control unit 400 of the slot machine 100 will be described. The first sub-control unit 400 receives control commands sent by the main control unit 300 (game control unit 302) via an input interface. The first sub-control unit 400 includes a basic circuit 402 that controls the entire first sub-control unit 400 based on these control commands. This basic circuit 402 includes a CPU 404, a RAM 408 for temporarily storing data, an I/O 410 for controlling the input and output of various devices, and a counter timer 412 for measuring time, number of times, etc. The CPU 404 of the basic circuit 402 operates by receiving a clock signal output at a predetermined period from a crystal oscillator 414 as a system clock. The ROM 406 stores control programs and data for controlling the entire first sub-control unit 400, as well as data for controlling the backlight illumination pattern and various displays.

The CPU 404 transmits frequency division data stored in a specified area of the ROM 406 to the counter timer 412 via the data bus at a specified timing. The counter timer 412 determines the interrupt time based on the received frequency division data and transmits an interrupt request to the CPU 404 at each interrupt time. The CPU 404 controls each IC and circuit based on the timing of this interrupt request.

The first sub-control unit 400 is also provided with an audio amplifier IC 418, which is connected to speakers 272 and 277 via an output interface. The audio amplifier IC 418 controls the audio output from the amplifier and speakers 272 and 277 in response to commands from the CPU 404. An S-ROM (sound ROM) storing audio data is connected to the audio amplifier IC 418, and audio data acquired from this ROM is amplified by the amplifier and output from the speakers 272 and 277. These speakers 272 and 277 correspond to an example of a performance means. The audio amplifier IC is also called a digital amplifier IC (digital audio amplifier IC), which is synonymous with an integrated circuit that amplifies and adjusts audio signals.

The first sub-control unit 400 is also provided with a drive circuit 422, which is connected to various lamps 420 (upper lamps, lower lamps, side lamps 144, title panel lamps, bet button lamps, reel backlights, etc.) via an input/output interface. The various lamps 420 correspond to an example of a presentation means.

The first sub-control unit 400 also has a drive circuit 424 that drives the motor of the shutter 163, and the drive circuit 424 is connected to the shutter 163 via an output interface. This drive circuit 424 outputs a drive signal to a stepping motor (not shown) provided in the shutter 163 in response to commands from the CPU 404.

The first sub-control unit 400 also has a sensor circuit 426, which is connected to a shutter sensor 428 via an input interface. The CPU 404 monitors the status of the shutter sensor 428 at each interrupt time.

The CPU 404 also sends and receives signals to the second sub-control unit 500 via the output interface. The second sub-control unit 500 performs various controls of the performance device 160, including display control of the performance image display device 157. The second sub-control unit 500 may be configured with multiple control units, such as a control unit that controls the display of the performance image display device 157 and a control unit that controls various performance drive devices (for example, a control unit that controls the motor drive of the shutter 163).

The second sub-control unit 500 is equipped with a basic circuit 502 that receives control commands sent by the first sub-control unit 400 via an input interface and controls the entire second sub-control unit 500 based on these control commands. This basic circuit 502 is equipped with a CPU 504, RAM 508 for temporarily storing data, I/O 510 for controlling the input and output of various devices, and a counter timer 512 for measuring time, number of times, etc. The CPU 504 of the basic circuit 502 operates by inputting a clock signal with a predetermined period output by a crystal oscillator 514 as the system clock. The ROM 506 stores control programs and data for controlling the entire second sub-control unit 500, data for image display, etc.

The CPU 504 transmits the frequency division data stored in a specified area of the ROM 506 to the counter timer 512 via the data bus at a specified timing. The counter timer 512 determines the interrupt time based on the received frequency division data and transmits an interrupt request to the CPU 404 at each interrupt time. The CPU 504 controls each IC and circuit based on the timing of this interrupt request.

The second sub-control unit 500 also has a VDP 516 (video display processor), which is connected to a ROM 506 and a VRAM 518 via a bus. The VDP 516 reads image data and other data stored in the ROM 506 based on signals from the CPU 504, generates a display image using the work area of the VRAM 518, and displays the image on the performance image display device 157.

<Demo screen transition>
Next, demo screen transitions according to this embodiment will be described with reference to Figures 3 and 4. As mentioned above, the slot machine 100 is a three-coin bet-only machine.

In this embodiment, the demo screen is activated (A) after the number of medals won on the day (MY) reaches a predetermined number L, and (1) when the waiting time M has elapsed since all reels came to a stop, (2) when the number of bets (number of wagers) is not the specified number, i.e., when the number of bets is 1 or 2 and the waiting time M has elapsed since the medals were inserted, or (3) when the waiting time M has elapsed since any operation was performed on the gaming machine.

Here, "some operation on the gaming machine" refers to an operation on the counting button 171 or the settlement button 143, or an operation on the effect buttons that call up the player menu screen or adjust the volume or light intensity. These operations are accepted during the period before game play begins (non-play period), and the demo screen begins when the waiting time M has elapsed since the last of these operations was performed. In this embodiment, the predetermined number L is 1,000 coins and the waiting time M is 1 minute, but this is not limited to this.

Here, MY refers to the number of medals won from the point where the difference in medal count for that day (the cumulative value of the difference between the number of medals inserted and the number paid out in one game (number paid out - number inserted)) is smallest (the point where the game was most successful). Furthermore, all reels stopping refers to a state where the machine is waiting for the game to start, and more precisely, it means that the medal insertion lamp 124 is lit.

Figure 3 (A) shows a time chart for demo screen transitions in the case of a zero bet in this embodiment (cases (A) and (1) above). In this case, as shown in Figure 3 (A), the liquid crystal display device 157 continues to display game screen d1 (Figure 4 (B-1) described below) from the previous game, but because no medals are bet, demo screen d2 (Figures 4 (B-2) to (B-4) described below; the configuration of demo screen d2 will be described in detail later) begins to be displayed at time t2, when standby time M has elapsed from time t1 when all reels come to a halt. Demo screen d2 is displayed from time t1 until time t3, when the specified number of medals, three, is bet.

Figure 3(B) shows a time chart for demo screen transitions in the case of a conventional bet of 2. Conventionally, when fewer medals than the specified number are bet, as shown in Figure 3(B), demo screen d2 is not displayed and game screen d1 continues to be displayed even at time t5, when waiting time M has elapsed from time t4 when the bet was made. In other words, conventionally, demo screen d2 was not displayed when fewer medals than the specified number were bet.

As a result, in the past, even if a game ended with fewer than the required number of medals bet, the demo screen would not be displayed, making it difficult for the machine to be recognized as vacant, resulting in the machine being left vacant for a long time.

In contrast, Figure 4(A) shows a time chart for demo screen transitions in the case of a bet of 2 in this embodiment (cases (A) and (2) above). In this case, as shown in Figure 4(A), the liquid crystal display device 157 continues to display the game screen d1 from the previous game, but demo screen d2 begins to be displayed at time t5, when a waiting time M has elapsed since time t4, when a number of medals less than the specified number are bet. As with Figure 3(A), demo screen d2 is displayed until time t3, when the specified number of medals, 3, is bet.

As a result, in this embodiment, even if a game ends with fewer than the specified number of medals bet, the display will transition to demo screen d2, making it easier to recognize that the machine is vacant. In other words, this prevents vacant machines from being left unattended for long periods of time.

In the slot machine 100 of this embodiment, even if the number of credits is one or two, the bet button 132 can be operated, and one or two medals equal to the number of credits can be inserted.

Here, we will explain the configuration and display example of demo screen d2 using Figures 3(A), 4(A), and 4(B) described above.

Figure 4 (B-1) shows an example of the game screen d1, and Figures 4 (B-2) to (B-4) show examples of the demo screen d2. In this embodiment, the demo screen d2, as shown in Figures 3 (A) and 4 (A), is specifically composed of a performance introduction display screen d2A, a machine name display screen d2B, a warning display screen d2C, and a company name display screen d2D. Each demo screen is controlled to be displayed cyclically in the following order over a predetermined display time: performance introduction display screen d2A → machine name display screen d2B → warning display screen d2C → company name display screen d2D → performance introduction display screen d2A → ...

The effect introduction display screen d2A is a demo display screen that introduces the effects executed in the slot machine 100, as shown in FIG. 4 (B-2). The model name display screen d2B is a demo display screen that displays the model name of the slot machine 100 (not shown). The warning display screen d2C is a demo display screen that displays a message warning against addiction to the game (e.g., "Be careful not to get addicted!"), as shown in FIG. 4 (B-3). The company name display screen d2D is a demo display screen that displays the name of the company that manufactures and sells the slot machine 100 (not shown).

In addition, the demo screen d2 of this embodiment displays the maximum number display d10, as shown in Figures 3(A) and 4(A). The maximum number display d10 is an image that displays the maximum MY value for the day. In this embodiment, the maximum number display d10 is displayed when the maximum MY value is 1000 or greater, and is not displayed when the maximum MY value is less than 1000, so the value displayed in the maximum number display d10 is 1000 or greater. As shown in Figures 4(B-2) to (B-4), the maximum number display d10 is displayed together with the demo screen d2.

As a result, according to the present embodiment, the maximum number of coins display d10 is only displayed on the demo screen d2 when the winning number of coins is such that the player feels satisfied, so it is possible to prevent players who view the maximum number of coins display d10 from having a negative impression. Furthermore, when the demo screen d2 is displayed during non-play, the maximum number of coins display d10 is only displayed when the maximum MY value for the day is equal to or greater than a predetermined number (1,000 coins), so it is possible to emphasize that the available machine is a "machine that will pay out" and encourage players to play. Conversely, if the maximum MY value for the day is less than the predetermined number (1,000 coins), the maximum number of coins display d10 is not displayed, so it is possible to prevent players from having a negative impression that the machine is a "machine that will not pay out."

In addition, the maximum number of coins displayed d10 is displayed using the LCD display 157 of the slot machine 100, so customers can easily find available machines without being distracted by the data displays for each machine. As a result, problems between customers, such as starting to play on a machine reserved by another player, can be prevented.

Furthermore, the maximum number of coins display d10 on the demo screen d2 eliminates the need for player operation compared to transitioning from a menu screen to display a ranking of the number of coins won, the number of coins won, the number of times the game has been controlled to an advantageous state, etc.

In addition, if a player ends a game with fewer medals bet than the required number, the screen will transition to demo screen d2 and show maximum number of medals display d10, preventing the machine from being left vacant for a long time and encouraging players to play.

In this embodiment, the maximum number display d10 is displayed on the performance introduction display screen d2A, the machine name display screen d2B, and the warning display screen d2C, but is configured not to be displayed on the company name display screen d2D, but this is not limited to this. For example, the demo screen d2 may not be displayed on the warning display screen d2C, or the demo screen d2 may be displayed on the company name display screen d2D.

<Slump graph>
Next, the display of the maximum number display d10 and the advance notice d20 according to this embodiment will be described with reference to Fig. 5. Fig. 5 is an example of a slump graph showing the transition of the difference in number of coins in the slot machine 100.

The slot machine 100 of this embodiment has a complete function. The complete function is a function that disables play on that day when the number of coins won (MY) for that day reaches the specified number MA (for example, 19,000 in this embodiment). The advance notification d20 is a visual display that notifies players that the MY for that day is approaching the specified number MA. In this embodiment, when MY reaches 18,500 coins or more, the advance notification d20 begins to be executed, and the number of coins remaining up to the specified number MA is displayed.

Figure 4 (B-4) shows an example of the display of advance notification d20 on demo screen d2. As shown in Figure 4 (B-4), advance notification d20 is displayed on demo screen d2 together with maximum number display d10. Note that maximum number display d10 is displayed larger than advance notification d20, making it more noticeable than advance notification d20.

According to Figure 5, the minimum difference in coin count is -2000 coins at time T1, so MY is calculated based on the number of coins won from this minimum value of -2000. From time T0 to time T4, MY is 1000 or less, so the maximum number display d10 is not displayed on demo screen d2. Hereinafter, the section in which the maximum number display d10 is not displayed on demo screen d2 will be referred to as the "maximum number non-display section," and the section in which the maximum number display d10 is displayed on demo screen d2 will be referred to as the "maximum number display section." The section from time T0 to time T4 is the maximum number non-display section. On the other hand, the section from time T4 onwards is the section in which MY reaches 1000 or more, so it becomes the maximum number display section.

In the section from time T4 to time T5, the MY value increases, so the value in the maximum coin count display d10 is updated ("Maximum coin count updated" shown in Figure 5). Then, at time T5, the maximum coin count display d10 displays 1500 coins. Next, in the section from time T5 to time T9, the MY value decreases and increases, but MY does not exceed 1500, so the value in the maximum coin count display d10 remains 1500 ("Maximum 1500 coins" shown in Figure 5). In this way, because the maximum MY value to date is displayed even in sections where medals are decreasing, the maximum coin count display d10 can be promoted as a machine with the potential to pay out.

In the section from time T9 to time T11, the MY value increases, so the value in the maximum coin count display d10 is updated. Here, the section from time T10 to time T11 is in normal state, not AT state, but the number of medals won is slightly increasing, so the value in the maximum coin count display d10 is updated. In this embodiment, the updated maximum coin count display d10 is displayed on the demo screen d2 whether in AT state or normal state. Then, at time T11, the maximum coin count display d10 of 3020 is displayed. Next, in the section from time T11 to time T13, the MY value decreases or increases, but MY does not exceed 3020, so the value in the maximum coin count display d10 remains 3020 ("Maximum 3020 coins" shown in Figure 5).

In the section from time T13 to time T15, the MY value increases, so the value in the maximum number display d10 is updated. Here, the MY value reaches 18,500 at time T14, so the advance notification d20 begins to be displayed from time T14 onwards. The advance notification d20 is displayed until MY reaches 19,500. Furthermore, at time T15, the maximum number display d10 of 18,700 is displayed. Next, in the section from time T15 to time T17, the MY value decreases and increases, but MY does not exceed 18,700, so the value in the maximum number display d10 remains 18,700 ("Maximum 18,700" shown in Figure 5).

In this way, in this embodiment, the maximum number of coins display d10 begins to be displayed once the MY value for the day reaches 1,000 or more, preventing the player from having a negative impression that the machine "doesn't pay out," thereby encouraging players to play. Furthermore, even if the MY value decreases, the maximum MY value up to that point continues to be displayed, making it possible to promote the machine as having potential. Furthermore, when MY is 18,500 or more, the advance notice d20 is displayed along with the maximum number of coins display d10, allowing players to see how many coins remain up to the specified number of coins of 19,000.

Note that while the slump graph in Figure 5 shows a case where ball output increases from time T8, we will now consider a case where ball output does not increase after time T8. Even if ball output continues to decrease from time T8 and the difference in number of balls falls below -1500, the maximum number display d10 will still display "1500." This is because the maximum MY (maximum increase from the minimum value) of 1500 has not been updated. For example, if the difference in number of balls reaches -3000 and then the number of medals increases, and the ball output does not increase until the difference in number of balls reaches -1500, the maximum MY of 1500 will not be updated, and the maximum number display d10 will display "1500." However, if the difference in number of balls increases beyond -1500, the maximum MY will be updated to be greater than 1500, and the maximum number display d10 will display the updated maximum MY value.

<Slot machine operation>
Maximum Number Update Process Next, the maximum number update process will be described using Fig. 6. Fig. 6 is a sequence diagram showing the flow of the maximum number update process executed by the main control unit 300 and the first sub-control unit 400.

When the main control unit 300 enters a state waiting for the start of a game, it transmits the current MY value (the MY value up to the previous game) to the first sub-control unit 400 (step S101). Here, the state waiting for the start of a game is a state in which it is possible to insert a medal; more precisely, a state in which the medal insertion possible lamp 124 is lit. As a result, the first sub-control unit 400 receives the current MY value NV.

Next, the main control unit 300 accepts a game start operation by operating the start lever 135 (step S102) and waits until the reels 110 to 112 start to spin (step S103). Meanwhile, the first sub-control unit 400, during this wait, references the MY value transmitted in step S101 (step S201). This allows the first sub-control unit 400 to determine the current MY value NV.

Next, when the wait ends, the main control unit 300 spins the reels 110-112 (step S104), and when a stop operation is received using the stop buttons 137-139 (step S105), it stops the corresponding reels 110-112. The main control unit 300 performs a winning determination process and a medal payout process based on the stopping status of all reels 110-112 (step S106). In the winning determination process, if a symbol combination corresponding to a winning role is displayed on an activated winning line, it is determined that the winning role has been won. In the medal payout process, if a winning role with a payout has been won, the number of medals corresponding to the winning role is paid out. Also, in step S106, the main control unit 300 transmits the number of medals inserted BV and the number of medals paid out OV for the game to the first sub-control unit 400.

As a result, the first sub-control unit 400 receives the number of medals inserted BV and the number paid out OV for that game (step S202), and calculates the number of medals remaining until the complete function is activated ZV (step S203). Specifically, the remaining number ZV = specified number MA - received MY value NV - (number paid out OV - number inserted BV). For example, if the specified number MA is 19,000, the MY value NV is 5,000, the number inserted is 3, and the number paid out is 10, the remaining number ZV is 13,993.

Next, the first sub-control unit 400 calculates a new MY value (hereinafter referred to as "current MY value") NV that reflects the current game. Specifically, current MY value NV = specified number of coins MA - remaining number of coins ZV. For example, if the specified number of coins MA is 19,000 and the remaining number of coins ZV calculated in step S203 is 13,993, the current MY value NV will be 5,007 coins.

Next, the first sub-control unit 400 determines whether the current MY value NV is greater than the display value DV of the current maximum number display d10 (hereinafter also referred to as the "demo MY display value") (step S205). If the current MY value NV is greater than the demo MY display value DV (step S205: YES), the first sub-control unit 400 sets the current MY value NV to the demo MY display value DV (step S206); if not (step S205: NO), the maximum number update process ends.

On the other hand, after completing the processing of step S106, the main control unit 300 executes a counter update process to calculate MY (step S107) and returns to step S101.

In this way, according to the maximum number update process of this embodiment, the demo MY display value is updated only if the current MY value is greater than the demo MY display value, so the demo MY display value never decreases, but only remains the same or increases. In other words, the maximum number display d10 displayed on the demo screen d2 never decreases, which can encourage players to play.

- Maximum number display process Next, using Figures 7 (A) and (B), we will explain the maximum number display process (hereinafter simply referred to as "maximum number display process") on demo screen d2. Figure 7 (A) is a flowchart showing the flow of the maximum number display process executed by the second sub-control unit 500. The maximum number display process is a process that is executed every predetermined time (timer interrupt time).

The second sub-control unit 500 determines whether it has detected either a display marker or a non-display marker (steps S301, S305). Here, a display marker is a marker indicating that the demo MY display value DV will begin to be displayed on the screen while the demo screen d2 is being displayed, and a non-display marker is a marker indicating that the demo MY display value DV will begin to be hidden on the screen. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 7 (C-1), a display marker is attached to the beginning of the performance introduction screen d2A that constitutes the demo screen d2, and a non-display marker is attached to the beginning of the company name screen d2D. Therefore, if a display marker is detected on the currently displayed demo screen d2, control is performed so that the demo MY display value DV will be displayed on the screen thereafter, and if a non-display marker is detected, control is performed so that the demo MY display value DV will not be displayed on the screen thereafter.

When the second sub-control unit 500 detects a display marker (step S301: YES), specifically, it sets the current demo MY display value DV value to the "demo MY value" extension command on the performance introduction screen d2A, model name screen d2B, and warning screen d2C (step S302), and then sets the display mode corresponding to the current demo MY display value DV value to the "demo MY color" extension command (step S303). After processing step S303, the process proceeds to step S307.

Here, the extended command is a parameter associated with the LCD command as shown in Figure 7(B). A "Demo MY Value" indicating the value of the Demo MY display value DV and a "Demo MY Color" indicating the color of the Demo MY display value DV are stored in predetermined bit positions of the 1-byte LCD command. In this embodiment, the Demo MY Color is set to display or hide depending on the Demo MY display value DV, and a value related to the color when displayed. Specifically, (1) when the Demo MY display value DV is 999 or less, the color is hidden; (2) when 1000 or less than the Demo MY display value DV is 2999, the color is silver; (3) when 3000 or less than the Demo MY display value DV is 4999, the color is gold; and (4) when the Demo MY display value DV is 5000 or more, the color is rainbow. In this way, display or hide and the color are set in step S303.

Furthermore, if the second sub-control unit 500 detects a hidden marker (step S305: YES), it sets the "Demo MY color" extension command to "Hide" (step S306). After processing step S306, the process proceeds to step S307.

On the other hand, if the second sub-control unit 500 does not detect either the display marker or the non-display marker (step S301: NO, step S305: NO), it proceeds to step S307.

Next, the second sub-control unit 500 executes a display update process (step S307). In the display update process, an image is displayed on the LCD display device 157 based on the values set in the LCD display command.

As described above, according to the maximum number display process of this embodiment, the demo MY display value is only displayed on the demo screen d2 when MY is 1000 or greater, so that ball payouts can be displayed on empty machines, encouraging players to play. Furthermore, the display color changes depending on the demo MY display value, so the payout status can be visually appealing with the display color. Furthermore, because the display and non-display of the demo MY display value are controlled using display markers and non-display markers, it is possible to flexibly respond to configuration changes to the demo screen d2.

In this embodiment, even if the demo MY display value DV is less than 1000 sheets, the "demo MY value" is set, but the "demo MY color" is hidden, so that the maximum number display d10 is not displayed on the demo screen d2 (first method). However, other control methods may be used to prevent the maximum number display d10 from being displayed on the demo screen d2 when the demo MY display value DV is less than 1000 sheets. For example, if the demo MY display value DV is less than 1000 sheets, the "demo MY value" may not be set (second method). The first method has the advantage of reducing the amount of program code, but the disadvantage is that the maximum number display d10 may be displayed at an unintended time if there is a data error. On the other hand, the second method has the advantage of more reliable display/hide control, but the disadvantage is that the amount of program code increases due to the addition of a branching algorithm.

In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 7(C-1), a display marker is placed at the beginning of the performance introduction screen d2A and a non-display marker is placed at the beginning of the company name screen d2D. However, as shown in 7(C-2), a non-display marker may be placed at the beginning of the company name screen d2D and a display marker may be placed at the end of the company name screen d2D. The same control as shown in FIG. 7(C-1) can be executed.

<Modification>
In this embodiment, the maximum number display d10 displays the maximum MY value for the day, but it may also display the maximum number of payout coins. Since the number of payout coins is not taken into account, a larger number can be displayed, further emphasizing the appeal of the payout coins. Furthermore, in this embodiment, the maximum number display d10 reflects the difference in the number of medals acquired by irregular button presses, but the difference may not be reflected in the case of irregular button presses. It is possible to display a larger number of medals than the number of medals acquired displayed on the result screen at the end of a favorable game.

In this embodiment, if the bet amount is not the specified number, i.e., if the bet amount is 1 or 2, the demo screen is displayed when the waiting time M has elapsed since the coin was inserted. However, the demo screen may also be displayed when the bet amount is the specified number, i.e., if the bet amount is 3. Furthermore, the demo screen may be displayed when the waiting time M has elapsed after a replay win. While the waiting time M is set to 1 minute in this embodiment, the waiting time M may be variable depending on the conditions. For example, the waiting time M may be 40 seconds for a bet amount of 0, 60 seconds for a bet amount of 1 or 2, or 120 seconds for a bet amount of 3 (including replays). A shorter waiting time may be used for a bet amount of 0, since there is a high possibility that the player will stop playing completely. A longer waiting time may be used for a bet amount of 1 or more, since there is a high possibility that the player is temporarily away from their seat (a bet amount of 3 is particularly likely to indicate an absence from their seat). This reduces the annoyance of frequently switching to the demo screen d2 even when the game is not stopped.

Also, the medal count display device 170
Even if medals are stored in the medal count display device 170 (number of medals > 0), the demo screen may be started when the standby time M has elapsed. This configuration can prevent mischief such as a malicious player intentionally leaving only one medal and leaving the store, thereby reducing the operation of the gaming machine, more than a configuration in which the demo screen is not started when the medal count display device 170 shows "number of medals >0."

On the other hand, if no medals are stored in the medal count display device 170 (number of medals = 0), the demo screen may be started when the waiting time M has elapsed. This configuration can prevent problems such as another player playing even though medals are stored in the medal count storage device 170.

Alternatively, if the medal count display device 170 indicates "number of medals > 0", the demo screen may be set to start when the waiting time M has elapsed, provided that the number of bets is 0 (in other words, if the number of bets ≠ 0, the demo screen will not be displayed even if the waiting time M has elapsed), and this configuration can eliminate both the pranks and problems mentioned above. Note that if the medal count display device 170 indicates "number of medals > 0", the demo screen may be set to start even if the number of bets ≠ 0.

The previous embodiments may be combined, and if the medal count display device 170 indicates "number of medals = 0" and a non-playable bet number is set, a demo screen may be displayed after the waiting time M has elapsed; if the medal count display device 170 indicates "number of medals > 0," a demo screen may be displayed after the waiting time M has elapsed, provided that the bet number is 0.

The demo screen may also be prevented from starting depending on the current game state. For example, if the game state is one in which the number of balls being played is increasing (during a bonus or AT), the demo screen may not be started even after the waiting time M has elapsed, while if the number of balls being played is not increasing, the demo screen may be started once the waiting time M has elapsed. Furthermore, if a continuous performance spanning multiple games is being executed, the demo screen may not be started even after the waiting time M has elapsed, while if a continuous performance is not being executed, the demo screen may be started once the waiting time M has elapsed.

In addition, the result screen and the maximum number of coins display d10 that are displayed at the end of a favorable game may be displayed overlapping, or may not overlap. In the former case, the number of coins won in that favorable game and the maximum number of coins for that day can be confirmed at the same time, allowing the player to check the payout information all at once, eliminating the need to operate a data lamp, for example. In the latter case, the number of coins won is displayed multiple times, preventing confusion for the player. In addition, the waiting time M may be shortened when the result screen is displayed. This allows the player to be informed early that the machine is available.

In addition, the configuration in which the number of coins is displayed or not displayed depending on the number of coins won may also be applied to the result screen.
For example, if a result screen is composed of a "background screen + display of the number of coins won," if the number of coins won in a favorable game such as a bonus or automatic time slot (AT) is small (e.g., less than 100 coins), the result screen at the end of the favorable game may display the background screen without displaying the number of coins won. On the other hand, if the number of coins won in a favorable game such as a bonus or automatic time slot (AT) is large (e.g., 100 coins or more), the result screen at the end of the favorable game may display the number of coins won and the background screen. A certain suggestion may also be made on the background screen. This avoids the need to display a situation where the number of coins won is low, thereby reducing stress for players. Furthermore, if a player quits playing and leaves the facility due to the result screen, the number of coins won will not be displayed, thereby reducing machine operation. The "certain suggestion" may, for example, suggest a setting value for the gaming machine. Furthermore, if there are multiple modes until a favorable game such as a bonus, automatic time slot, or cash zone is awarded, the content may suggest the mode. Furthermore, when the mode for multiple times is determined in advance, the suggestion may be something like "Mode A for M times out of N times." In this way, when a certain suggestion is made on the background screen, even in a situation where the number of coins won is not displayed, a background screen including the certain suggestion may be displayed on the result screen. This can reduce the player's stress while increasing their motivation to continue playing. Furthermore, when the number of coins won is small, a suggestion with a high degree of advantage may be made more frequently than when the number of coins won is large. This can reduce the player's stress while further increasing their motivation to continue playing.

In addition, in this embodiment, the maximum number of coins display d10 is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157, but the device that displays the maximum number of coins display d10 is not limited to this. For example, the maximum number of coins display d10 may be displayed on a data display device installed on the slot machine 100. In this case, too, it is possible to appeal to the player about the number of coins that can be won, and it is possible to avoid giving the impression that the machine does not pay out.

For example, the data display device may be capable of displaying the maximum number of coins display d10 when the gaming machine is not in a play state and/or is displaying a demonstration. Furthermore, the data display device may determine that the gaming machine is not in a play state if an operation signal (a signal indicating 1G progress) is not input from the gaming machine within a predetermined time M, and may use this as an opportunity to display the maximum number of coins display d10. Furthermore, the data display device may also use a signal input from a hall staff member indicating that the machine is vacant as an opportunity to display the maximum number of coins display d10.

<Summary of the embodiment>
As described above, according to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A gaming machine equipped with a display means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 157, a first sub-control unit 400, a second sub-control unit 500),
The display means is a means capable of displaying the number of game values acquired based on the number of bets and the number of payouts at a first timing (for example, at the timing of displaying the demo screen d2),
the display means is means for displaying the number of acquisitions at the first timing when a first condition is met (for example, when the minimum MY value reaches 1,000),
The first condition is met when the number of winnings is equal to or greater than a predetermined number (e.g., 1,000).
This is the first basic configuration.

This first basic configuration makes it possible to appeal to players by not giving the impression that the machine does not pay out balls, thereby increasing the player's interest in the game.

In the first basic configuration,
The display means may execute a demonstration display (for example, display a demo screen d2) when a second condition is met (for example, a predetermined time has elapsed after all reels have stopped, or a predetermined time has elapsed since a bet operation) in a non-game state (for example, a demo state) in which no game is being played,
the first timing is a timing when the demonstration display is being executed;
This is the first preferred configuration.

The first preferred configuration allows for ball-winning appeal on vacant gaming machines, thereby encouraging players to play.

In the first preferred configuration,
a first bet number (e.g., 3 coins) which is a bet number that can be played, and a second bet number (e.g., 2 coins) which is a bet number that cannot be played,
the display means may execute a demonstration display when the second condition is met in a state in which neither the first bet number nor the second bet number is set,
the display means may execute a demonstration display when the second condition is met in a state in which the second bet number is set,
The second condition is a condition that is met when a predetermined time (for example, one minute) has elapsed in the non-play state.
This is the second preferred configuration.

The second preferred configuration allows a machine to be recognized as vacant even if it is left unused with an unplayable bet set.

In a second preferred configuration,
a storage means for storing game values (e.g., RAM 308, medal count control unit 350, etc.);
an operating means (e.g., a bet button 132) that can set the first bet amount from the gaming value stored in the storage means based on a single operation;
Equipped with
the operation means is means for setting the first bet amount based on the one operation when the gaming value stored in the storage means satisfies the first bet amount;
the operation means is means for setting the second bet number based on the one operation when the gaming value stored in the storage means is the second bet number;
This is a third preferred configuration.

According to the third preferred configuration, the processing when the operating means is operated can be standardized, so that the processing volume in the development process can be reduced.
In the case of a gaming machine equipped with a medal count display device, when the remaining number of game value medals stored in the medal count display device is, for example, 1 or 2 medals, the bet number can be set by operating the operating means, and the remaining number of game value medals stored in the medal count display device can be set to 0, making it easy to recognize that the machine is vacant. Furthermore, if a player leaves the store with the remaining number of game value medals stored in the medal count display device being 1 or 2 medals, the gaming store staff will have to return the remaining number of medals to the lending device, or reset the medal count display device during closing operations (or opening operations) for maintenance or preparation for the next business day, but this can be reduced, contributing to improvements in the operations of the gaming store.

Furthermore, according to the display device according to the above embodiment (for example, a display connected to the slot machine 100),
A display device that is provided in correspondence with a gaming machine (e.g., a slot machine 100) and is capable of displaying information about the gaming machine,
The display device is capable of displaying the number of gaming values acquired based on the number of bets and payouts made on the gaming machine,
The display device is capable of displaying the number of wins when a first condition is met (for example, when the minimum MY value of the slot machine 100 reaches 1,000 coins),
The first condition is met when the number of winnings is equal to or greater than a predetermined number (e.g., 1,000).
This is the second basic configuration.

This second basic configuration makes it possible to appeal to players by not giving the impression that the machine does not pay out balls, thereby increasing the player's interest in the game.

In the second basic configuration,
The gaming machine may execute a demonstration display in a non-playing state (e.g., a demo state) in which no game is being played,
The display device is capable of displaying the number of wins when the gaming machine is in the non-play state.
This is the fourth preferred configuration.

The fourth preferred configuration allows for ball payout appeal on vacant gaming machines, thereby encouraging players to play.

Second Embodiment
The effect devices (lamps, speakers, movable bodies, etc.) of gaming machines are important devices that help enhance the enjoyment of games. Therefore, when controlling the effect devices, stable data communication between the control unit (CPU) and the drive unit (driver IC) is required. For example, data communication that is strong against noise and can flexibly accommodate different types and versions of drive units (components) is desired.

The second embodiment provides a gaming machine that solves the above-mentioned problems. Note that, below, only the configuration, functions, and processing that differ from the first embodiment will be explained; for other configurations, functions, and processing, the same parts will be assigned the same reference numerals and explanations will be omitted.

<Connection configuration>
In this embodiment (second embodiment), a communication method when the CPU 404 of the first sub-control unit 400 shown in Figure 2 sends a control signal to the drive circuit 422 that drives various lamps 420 will be described.

Figure 8 (A) is a functional block diagram of the first sub-control unit 400 of this embodiment. In detail, this section explains the communication method in which the CPU 404 sends a control signal to the drive circuit 422X to drive the frame lamp 420X and sends a control signal to the drive circuit 422Y to drive the side lamp 420Y.

Here, drive circuit 422X is composed of an LED driver ICxxx, and drive circuit 422Y is composed of an LED driver ICyyy (xxx and yyy indicate the IC model number and type). Frame lamp 420X is a lamp driven by ICxxx, and side lamp 422Y is a lamp driven by ICyyy. ICxxx and frame lamp 420X are arranged on the frame lamp board, and ICyyy and side lamp 422Y are arranged on the side lamp board.

Figure 9(A) shows an example of an ICxxx LED driver, and Figure 9(B) shows an example of an ICyyy LED driver. As shown in Figure 9, the ICxxx LED driver and the ICyyy LED driver are different types of drivers. Different types of drivers are, for example, drivers with different pin arrangements and different performance. The terminals shown in the pin arrangement are assigned to RGB terminals, data input terminals, data output terminals, power terminals, GND terminals, CS signals (chip select), etc. Note that even with the same driver, performance will differ if the pin arrangement is different (for example, a function to reduce noise, a function to cool by reducing brightness when the temperature rises, etc.).

In this embodiment, the drive circuit 422X that drives the frame lamp 420X and the drive circuit 422Y that drives the side lamp 420Y are different types of drive circuits, but this is not limited to this. As shown in Figures 8 (B-1) and (B-2), they may be configured to connect the same types of drive circuits, or as shown in this embodiment and Figure 8 (B-3), they may be configured to mix different types of drive circuits. As will be described in more detail later, this is because the packet structure of the control signal sent from the CPU 404 is the same regardless of the type of IC used in the drive circuit 422.

<Communication method>
Next, a communication method when the CPU 404 of this embodiment transmits a control signal (hereinafter referred to as "control data") to the drive circuit 422 will be described with reference to FIG.

Figure 10(A) shows a schematic representation of the packet structure of control data CD1 for ICxxx, and Figure 10(B) shows a schematic representation of the packet structure of control data CD2 for ICxxx.

As shown in Figures 10 (A) and (B), the structure of the control data CD for LED drivers is the same even if the type of LED driver is different (control data is collectively referred to as CD). As shown in Figures 10 (A) and (B), the control data CD is 8 bytes of data and is composed of a start command, slave address, subaddress, data byte, stop command, and noise reduction command. Each item in the control data CD consists of 1 byte (8 bits).

The start command is a data item indicating the start of a packet, and in this embodiment, is set to a value of FFh (111111111). The slave address and subaddress are destination addresses of the control data CD, and are set to the address of the LED driver. The data byte is set to a value indicating the control content for the controlled object. The stop command is a data item indicating the end of the packet, and in this embodiment, is set to a value of 81h (10000001). The noise prevention command is a distinctive component of the control data CD in this embodiment, and serves to ensure stable data communication even when noise bits are mixed into the control data CD due to noise generation or when part of the control data CD is missing (the increase and/or loss of bits due to noise is sometimes collectively referred to as "bit misalignment"). In this embodiment, it is set to a value of 00h (00000000).

Explaining the premise of the communication method of this embodiment, the first sub-control unit 400 is configured to send control signals to multiple lamps 420 at once each time a timer interrupt process is executed periodically. Therefore, for example, when sending control signals to both the drive circuit 422X of the frame lamp 420X and the drive circuit 422Y of the side lamp 420Y during one timer interrupt process, a command group combining the control data CD1 shown in FIG. 10(A) and the control data CD2 shown in FIG. 10(B) is sent to each of the drive circuits 422X and 422Y. The receiving drive circuits 422X and 422Y extract the control data CD addressed to them from the received command group and discard any other control data CD. Specifically, the drive circuits 422X and 422Y recognize the boundaries of one piece of control data CD based on the start command and stop command, and then obtain the control data CD addressed to them based on the values of the slave address and subaddress.

In the past, such data communication methods have encountered problems such as those shown in Figures 10 (C1) and (C2). The packet structure of conventional control data consists of control data OCD, which is the control data CD of this embodiment minus the noise reduction command. In other words, the control data OCD is control data consisting of a start command, a slave address, a subaddress, a data byte, and a stop command.

Figure 10 (C1) schematically shows data communication when noise is not present in either control data OCD1 or control data OCD2, and Figure 10 (C2) schematically shows data communication when noise is present in control data OCD1. Note that in Figures 10 (C1) to (C3), the control data for the first IC (specifically, ICxxx) is explained as control data OCD1, and the control data for the second IC (specifically, ICyyy) is explained as control data OCD2.

Conventionally, as shown in Figure 10 (C1), the drive circuit 422X for the frame lamp 420X and the drive circuit 422Y for the side lamp 420Y each received and acquired control data OCD for themselves based on the start command, stop command, and slave address information, as described above.

However, as shown in Figure 10 (C2), if noise is introduced into the control data OCD1 and the control data OCD1 increases by one bit, the drive circuit 422Y will receive the control data CD2 addressed to itself as data that is one bit out of sync. Specifically, the last bit of the stop command in the control data OCD1 will be mistakenly recognized as the first bit of the start command in the control data OCD2 and received.

In contrast, Figure 10 (C3) schematically shows data communication when noise is mixed into the control data CD1 of this embodiment.

In this embodiment, if noise is introduced into the control data CD1 and the control data CD1 increases by one bit, the noise countermeasure command is sandwiched between the stop command in the control data CD1 and the start command in the control data CD2, so the drive circuit 422Y can correctly receive the control data CD2 without mistakenly recognizing the last bit of the stop command in the control data CD1 as the first bit of the start command in the control data CD2.

In this manner, in this embodiment, if the leading bit value FB (specifically, 1) of the start command of control data CD and the trailing bit value LB (specifically, 1) of the stop command of control data CD are the same, a noise prevention command consisting of a bit value (specifically, 0) different from bit values FB and LB is inserted between the stop command of the first control data CD1 and the start command of the second control data CD2. Therefore, even if noise is mixed into the first control data CD1, the presence of the noise prevention command can eliminate bit misalignment and the end position of control data CD1 becomes clear, so drive circuit 422Y can reliably receive control data CD2 addressed to it.

Note that Figure 10 (C3) describes data communication when noise is mixed into the control data CD1 of this embodiment, but even if a bit of the control data CD1 is missing, the presence of the noise countermeasure command can similarly eliminate bit misalignment and clarify the end position of the control data CD1, so the drive circuit 422Y can reliably receive the control data CD2 addressed to it.

In this way, the control data CD of this embodiment adds a noise prevention command to the configuration of conventional control data OCD. Therefore, even if a data abnormality such as an increase or loss of bits occurs in the earlier control data CD1, the presence of the noise prevention command can resolve the data abnormality in the earlier control data CD1. This prevents the data abnormality from affecting the later control data CD2, enabling stable communication of the later control data CD2.

In addition, in this embodiment, the start command of the control data CD is FFh (11111111), but this is not limited to this and may be F0h (11110000), for example. Similarly, in this embodiment, the noise reduction command of the control data CD is 00h (00000000), but this is not limited to this. For example, if the start command of the control data CD is FFh (11111111) and the stop command is 81h (10000001), the noise reduction command may be F0h (11110000). In this case, too, the presence of the noise reduction command can eliminate bit misalignment and clearly separate each piece of control data CD.

In other words, if the last bit value of the stop command in the control data CD and the first bit value of the start command are the same, the noise countermeasure command is composed of bit values that are different from the last bit value of the stop command and the first bit value of the start command in the control data CD, so even if an abnormality occurs in one control data CD, the subsequent control data CD can be treated as normal control data CD. In other words, the noise countermeasure command is a command that prevents noise from affecting the subsequent control data CD, and is configured so that even if there is a data abnormality due to noise in the initial control data CD, the subsequent control data CD can maintain the state it was in before the noise occurred.

Furthermore, even when sending control data CD to multiple drive circuits 422 using different types of ICs, the control data CD uses the same packet structure and the same noise suppression command is inserted between the control data CDs, thereby stabilizing communication and preventing delays in the development process. In other words, stabilizing communication contributes to increasing the enjoyment of the game. Furthermore, even if a problem occurs with the supply of parts for one drive circuit 422, it can be addressed with parts from other drive circuits 422, preventing delays in the development process.

In this embodiment, a method for communicating control data CD to the IC of the drive circuit 422 that controls the lamp 420 has been described, but the method can also be applied to a method for communicating control data CD to an amplifier IC, motor IC, etc.

<Summary of the embodiment>
As described above, according to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
a plurality of operating means (e.g., lamps 420, etc.) operable in a certain manner;
a plurality of driving means (e.g., a driving circuit 422) for driving the plurality of operating means;
a control unit (e.g., a CPU 404) that transmits control information (e.g., control data CD) for controlling the plurality of driving units to the plurality of driving units;
A gaming machine equipped with
One of the plurality of operating means is a first operating means (e.g., a frame lamp 420X, etc.),
One of the plurality of operating means is a second operating means (e.g., a frame lamp 420Y, etc.),
One of the plurality of driving means is a first driving means (e.g., a driving circuit 422X) that drives the first operating means,
one of the plurality of driving means is a second driving means (e.g., a driving circuit 422Y) that drives the second operating means,
the control means transmits the control information to at least the first driving means and the second driving means;
the control information includes at least first control information for controlling the first driving means (e.g., control data CD1 not including a noise reduction command), second control information for controlling the second driving means (e.g., control data CD2 not including a noise reduction command), and noise reduction information (e.g., a noise reduction command),
the noise countermeasure information is information sandwiched between the first control information and the second control information,
This is the first basic configuration. According to the first basic configuration, even if the first control information is affected by noise, the existence of the noise countermeasure information allows the subsequent second control information to be transmitted correctly, thereby minimizing the effects of noise and ensuring the stability of data communication.

In this first basic configuration,
the second driving means receives the second control information without bit shift occurring in the second control information based on the intervention of the noise countermeasure information, even if at least one of a loss and an addition occurs in the configuration of the first control information due to noise;
This is the first preferred configuration.

According to the first preferred configuration, even if noise causes loss or addition of data to the first control information, the second driving means can correctly receive the second control information due to the presence of noise countermeasure information, thereby ensuring the stability of data communication with the second driving means.

In this first preferred configuration,
The first control information is information composed of a plurality of items (e.g., a start command, a slave address, a subaddress, a data byte, a stop command, etc.),
the second control information is information configured from the plurality of items,
a bit string including the end of the last item of the first control information (e.g., the last bit) is composed of first information (e.g., 1);
a bit string including the beginning of a first item of the second control information (e.g., the first bit) is composed of the first information,
the bit string of the noise countermeasure information is composed of second information (e.g., 0) different from the first information,
This is the second preferred configuration.

According to a second preferred configuration, the bit string of the noise countermeasure information is different from the bit string including the end of the last item of the first control information and the bit string including the beginning of the first item of the second control information. This makes it possible to clearly distinguish between the two pieces of control information. Therefore, even if noise is mixed in with the first control information or if part of the first control information is missing, the second driving means can correctly receive the second control information.

In a second preferred configuration,
The first driving means is a driving means of a different type from the second driving means (e.g., ICxxx and ICYYY, etc.),
a bit string (e.g., the first bit) including the beginning of the first item of the first control information is composed of first information (e.g., 1);
A third preferred configuration is that a bit string including the end of the last item of the second control information (for example, the last bit) is made up of the first information.

According to a third preferred configuration, even if the first driving means and the second driving means are different types, the bit strings including the beginning of the first item and the end of the last item of the first control information and the second control information are identical and differ from the bit strings of the noise suppression information. Therefore, even if noise is mixed in the first control information or part of the first control information is missing, the second driving means can correctly receive the second control information.

[Third embodiment]
The speakers of gaming machines are required to output sound stably. The third embodiment provides a gaming machine that solves this problem. Note that, in the following, only the configurations, functions, and processes that are different from the above embodiment will be explained, and the same components as those of the other configurations, functions, and processes will be designated by the same reference numerals and will not be explained again.

<Speaker>
11 is an external view of the slot machine of this embodiment (third embodiment), showing the positions of the speakers to which the audio amplifier IC 418 of this embodiment is connected. The slot machine 100 of this embodiment includes upper speakers 272 (upper left speaker 272a, upper right speaker 272b) provided behind the sound hole 143, middle speakers 275 (middle left speaker 275a, middle right speaker 275b) provided behind the pay line indicator lamps 120 and the reel panel lamps 128, and lower speakers 277 (lower left speaker 277a, lower right speaker 277b) provided behind the sound hole 145. The layout of the components of the audio circuit around the audio amplifier IC 418 connected to these three speakers is unique. In other words, in this embodiment, the layout of the components of the audio circuit is designed to ensure stable sound output.

Here, the upper left speaker 272a and the upper right speaker 272b of the upper speaker 272 are the same type of speaker. Furthermore, the middle left speaker 275a and the middle right speaker 275b of the middle speaker 275 are the same type of speaker. Furthermore, the lower left speaker 277a and the lower right speaker 277b of the lower speaker 277 are the same type of speaker. On the other hand, the upper speaker 272 (upper left speaker 272a, upper right speaker 272b) and the middle speaker 275 (middle left speaker 275a, middle right speaker 275b) are different types of speakers. The middle speakers 275 (left middle speaker 275a, right middle speaker 275b) and the lower speakers 277 (lower left speaker 277a, lower right speaker 277b) are different types of speakers. The upper speakers 272 (upper left speaker 272a, upper right speaker 272b) and the lower speakers 277 (lower left speaker 277a, lower right speaker 277b) are different types of speakers. There are also audio circuits corresponding to the upper speakers 272 (upper left speaker 272a, upper right speaker 272b), the middle speakers 275 (middle left speaker 275a, middle right speaker 275b), and the lower speakers 277 (lower left speaker 277a, lower right speaker 277b). This embodiment aims to increase the enjoyment of the game by improving the functionality of these audio circuits.

<Audio circuit layout>
Figure 12(a) is a top view of the first sub-control board 401 on which the components of the first sub-control unit 400 are arranged, and shows the component layout of the audio circuit 450 around the audio amplifier IC 418. In the following description, the +X direction shown in Figure 12 is the right, the -X direction is the left, the +Y direction is the top, and the -Y direction is the bottom.
The board surface of the first sub-control board 401 shown in FIG. 12(a) may be referred to as the component surface or front surface, and the board surface opposite thereto may be referred to as the solder surface or back surface.

As shown in FIG. 12(a), the first sub-control board 401 is equipped with an audio circuit 450A for the upper speaker 272, an audio circuit 450B for the middle speaker 275, an audio circuit 450C for the lower speaker 275, and an audio circuit 450D for the woofer. Audio circuits 450A and 450B are provided on the left edge of the first sub-control board 401, and audio circuit 450C is provided on the right edge of the first sub-control board 401. That is, audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C (hereinafter, when these three are referred to collectively, or when audio circuit 450D is also referred to collectively, they will be referred to as audio circuit 450) are all provided close to the edge of the first sub-control board 401. Audio output by audio circuit 450 requires a large amount of power and a large amount of power supply, which significantly affects the magnetic field on other components. For this reason, the audio circuit 450 is placed at the edge of the first sub-control board 401 (the CPU 404 is located in the center of the first sub-control board 401) to minimize any interference with other logic communication signals or the power supply system.

Furthermore, audio circuits 450A and 450B are connected to connector CN1 near audio circuit 450A, and audio circuit 450C is connected to connector CN3 near audio circuit 450C. This is a measure to shorten the wiring length and avoid power loss, as audio circuit 450 requires a large amount of power and longer wiring results in greater power loss due to voltage drop. In other words, the first sub-control board 401 of this embodiment has a first connector (e.g., connector CN1) connected to audio circuit 450 (e.g., audio circuit 450A), and a second connector (e.g., connector CN2) connected to a circuit other than audio circuit 450, with the first connector being closer to audio circuit 450 than the second connector. The second connector (for example, connector CN2) may be a connector electrically connected to a liquid crystal display device, a connector electrically connected to an effect operation button used to trigger an effect (such as a push button effect, rapid press effect, or long press effect) or to customize an effect, a connector electrically connected to various LEDs, or a connector electrically connected to the main control board.

Note that audio circuit 450A and audio circuit 450B are connected to a common connector CN1, with multiple audio circuits connected to one connector. However, this is not a limitation. Alternatively, a single audio circuit may be connected to one connector, such as connector CN-A corresponding to audio circuit 450A, connector CN-B corresponding to audio circuit 450B, and connector CN-C corresponding to audio circuit 450C, or a corresponding connector may be disposed near each audio circuit. Furthermore, as will be described in more detail below using Figures 15 to 19, multiple connectors may be connected to one audio circuit. Specifically, the left speaker output of the center speaker's audio circuit may be connected to connector CN-L, and the right speaker output may be connected to connector CN-R, while the left speaker output of the bottom speaker's audio circuit may be connected to connector CN-L, and the right speaker output may be connected to connector CN-R. In this way, one audio circuit may be configured with a connector connected to the left speaker and a connector connected to the right speaker. Note that in the examples of Figures 15 to 19 (multiple connectors for one audio circuit), the connectors corresponding to the audio circuits are located at a distance, but multiple connectors may be connected to one audio circuit, or the corresponding connector may be located near the audio circuit, as shown in Figure 12(a).

As shown in FIG. 12(a), the audio circuit 450 has each component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418, coil L, resistor R, capacitor C, electrolytic capacitor EC, etc.) arranged in a substantially identical layout. This allows for uniform audio output performance from the three speakers (upper speaker 272, middle speaker 275, and lower speaker 277), stabilizing audio output. For example, the vertical spacing t1 between the two coils L arranged in the audio circuit 450 is substantially the same. By making the spacing t1 between the coils L substantially the same, the heat generation effects of the three speakers are equivalent, stabilizing audio output, and achieving uniform noise reduction effects. Furthermore, even if different types of speakers are used, the relative positions of the components that make up the audio circuit are substantially the same, making it easy to identify speaker-related components, and allowing for rapid response if a problem with the audio output occurs. In other words, it is immediately clear which part of the board to focus on.

Furthermore, no electronic components are arranged at least on the component surface in the region of the gap t1 of the coil L. This prevents the influence of heat generated by the coil L on other components. Also, the heat dissipation effect can be improved compared to when components are arranged in the gap t1.
The same effect can be achieved by not placing components in the solder surface area corresponding to the interval t1, but components may be placed there since the effect of heat generation is reduced compared to the component surface.

In addition, two coils L are arranged in the audio circuit 450 (audio circuit 450A, audio circuit 450B, audio circuit 450C) because the upper speaker 272, middle speaker 275, and lower speaker 277 are stereo output speakers, and one coil L is arranged in the audio circuit 450D because the woofer is a mono output speaker.

Figure 12(b) is a layout diagram of the components of the audio circuit 450. The amplifier circuit 450 generally comprises an audio amplifier IC 418, two coils L, multiple resistors R, multiple capacitors C, and an electrolytic capacitor EC. The audio amplifier IC 418 is positioned midway between the two coils L. More specifically, the two coils L are positioned symmetrically with respect to an imaginary extension line L4 that divides the audio amplifier IC 418 into upper and lower halves. That is, the audio amplifier IC 418 and two coils L are laid out (corresponding to the first positional relationship) so that at least a portion of the audio amplifier IC 418 is included in the intermediate portion of the two coils L (the region between the imaginary extensions of the end edge of one coil facing the other coil and the end edge of the other coil facing the one coil, the region consisting of imaginary extensions spaced apart by t1). For example, the audio amplifier IC 418 may be laid out so as to be linearly symmetrical with respect to the two coils L, or the audio amplifier IC 418 may be laid out so as to be eccentric to one of the two coils L. In this way, in the case of stereo output, equalizing the lengths of the wiring patterns from the audio amplifier IC to both coils L equalizes the likelihood (or difficulty) of noise generation, stabilizing the audio output and achieving well-balanced audio output.

The audio circuit 450 of this embodiment is provided with two LC filters LCF that selectively remove high-frequency noise. That is, the LC filter LCF of this embodiment functions as a low-pass filter that cuts high-frequency signals. The LC filter LCF is composed of one coil L and two capacitors C to the right of the coil L. Note that in this embodiment, both the coil L and the capacitor C are located on the front (top) surface of the first sub-control board 401; however, the coil L may be located on the front (top) surface while the capacitor C is located on the back (bottom) surface (both the coil L and the capacitor C may be located on the back surface, or the coil L may be located on the back surface and the capacitor C on the front surface). The Zobel filter ZOF, which prevents oscillation and noise due to the speaker load (back electromotive force from the speaker), is composed of one capacitor and two resistors R to the left of the coil L. In this embodiment, the Zobel filter ZOF is provided on the left side of the coil L, i.e., on the side opposite the connector CN to which the audio circuit 450 is connected, but it may also be provided on the right side of the coil L, i.e., on the side of the connector CN to which the audio circuit 450 is connected. In this embodiment, both the capacitor C and the resistor R are provided on the front surface (top surface) of the first sub-control board 401, but the capacitor C may be provided on the front surface (top surface) and the resistor R may be provided on the back surface (bottom surface) (both the capacitor C and the resistor R may be provided on the back surface, or the capacitor C may be provided on the back surface and the resistor R on the front surface).

Figure 13 shows a circuit diagram of the audio circuit 450. Figure 13(a) shows a circuit diagram of the signal system, and Figure 13(b) shows a circuit diagram of the power supply system. As shown in Figure 13(a), the audio signal is output from the output terminal of the audio amplifier IC418, first through an LC filter LCF and then through a Zobel filter ZOF, to a connector CN. In addition, the power supply bypass capacitor PBC shown in the power supply system circuit diagram is a capacitor installed between the power supply and ground, and by bypassing (diverting) noise to ground, it enables a stable power supply to the circuit.

In this embodiment, the coil L of the LC filter LCF uses a coreless coil, but a coil with a core may also be used. The constant of each element of the LC filter LCF is determined based on the switching frequency (20 kHz to 350 kHz) of the digital amplifier. Specifically, a coil L of 10 to 15 μH is desirable, and a capacitor C of 0.33 μF is used for a 10 μH coil L, and a capacitor C of 0.22 μF is used for a 15 μH coil L.

Note that the capacitor C1 (a capacitor that suppresses high-frequency noise) placed between the LC filter LCF and the Zobel filter is optional. Specifically, if the capacitor C used in the LC filter LCF is a ceramic capacitor, it is preferable to use capacitor C1, but if a film capacitor is used, capacitor C1 is optional. In the case of a ceramic capacitor, the ceramic capacitor expands and contracts due to the piezoelectric effect (electrostrictive effect) when voltage is applied, and this expansion and contraction can be suppressed. In this case, the capacitance of capacitor C1 is preferably smaller than that of the capacitor C that constitutes the LC filter. For example, if the capacitor C of the LC filter is 0.33 μF, the capacitance would be 0.01 μF to 0.1 μF. If the capacitance of capacitor C1 is large, an LC filter LCF will be formed by capacitor C1 (the LC filter LCF will function twice), resulting in a muffled sound and an inability to output the intended sound quality.

In addition, capacitor C2 before connector CN is a high-pass filter for the tweeter. When the left and right speakers are connected in parallel, with one speaker used as a low-midrange speaker and the other as a high-range speaker (tweeter), it is used to cut low-midrange sounds from the other speaker. If the left and right speakers are connected one-to-one, it is not necessary to use this capacitor, as it is sufficient to set one speaker to output low-midrange sounds and the other to output high-range sounds from the start.

Figure 12(c) is a diagram showing the terminal arrangement of the audio amplifier IC 418. As shown in Figure 12(c), the terminals (output terminal and power supply terminal) LT for the left speaker are arranged in a straight line (left-right direction) at the upper edge of the rectangular audio amplifier IC 418, and the terminals (output terminal and power supply terminal) RT for the right speaker are arranged in a straight line (left-right direction) at the lower edge of the rectangular audio amplifier IC 418.

Figure 12(d) is a cross-sectional view taken along line Y-Y in Figure 12(a). Because the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L of this embodiment generate a large amount of heat, the board case 403 covering the first sub-control board 401 is provided with ventilation holes 405 in the vicinity of the audio amplifier IC 418 or coil L. The ventilation holes 405 may be ventilation holes 405b formed on the top or bottom surface (hereinafter referred to as the top and bottom surfaces) of the board case 403, ventilation holes 405a formed across the top and bottom surfaces and the side surfaces, or both ventilation holes 405a and 405b may be provided. Furthermore, a fan may be provided in place of the ventilation holes 405, or a fan may be provided together with the ventilation holes 405. This improves the heat dissipation effect of the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L, which generate a large amount of heat, and enables concentrated heat dissipation from components that are prone to heat generation.

Figure 14(b) is a diagram showing the ground area GND and the ground-disconnected area N-GND of the first sub-control board 401 shown in Figure 14(a) (a control board with the same layout as the audio circuit 450 shown in Figure 12(a)). As shown in Figure 14(b), the area where the coils L of audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D are located is designated as the ground-disconnected area N-GND (a first example of a ground GND). This makes it possible to prevent potential instability due to the magnetic field generated by the coil L of audio circuit 450.

Figure 14(c) shows a different potential adjustment method than Figure 14(b). As shown in Figure 14(c), ground VC1 in the area where audio circuits 450A and 450B are located and ground VC2 in the area where audio circuits 450C and 450D are located may be separated and wired separately from ground GND in the area where other circuits are located. In this case, a slit-shaped area N-GND that removes the ground may be provided between each area to physically separate each area. For example, the areas may be completely separated, such as between ground VC1 and ground GND (second example of ground GND), or they may be separated so that some areas are connected, such as between ground VC2 and ground GND (third example of ground GND). This method also prevents potential instability due to the magnetic field generated by coil L of audio circuit 450. Note that Figure 14(c) shows the second and third examples as examples of dividing the ground GND, but it is not necessary for the second and third examples to coexist on one board; it is sufficient for either the second or third example to be configured on one board.

<Modification of audio circuit layout>
Next, the first sub-control board 401A of Modification 1 will be described using FIGS. 15 to 19. Hereinafter, the +X direction in FIG. 15 will be referred to as right, the −X direction as left, the +Y direction as up, and the −Y direction as down. FIG. 15 is a top view of the component side of the first sub-control board 401A, showing the component layout of the audio circuit 451 around the audio amplifier IC 418. FIG. 16 is a circuit diagram of the audio circuit 451. The first sub-control board 401A is configured in multiple layers. FIG. 17(a) shows a top view of the first layer of the first sub-control board 401A, FIG. 17(b) shows a top view of the third layer, FIG. 18(a) shows a top view of the fourth layer, FIG. 18(b) shows a top view of the fifth layer, FIG. 19(a) shows a top view of the seventh layer, and FIG. 19(b) shows a top view of the eighth layer. In Figures 17 to 19, the light gray area indicates the ground area GND, the white area indicates the ground-free area N-GND, and the dark gray shaded area indicates the wiring pattern for audio signals from the audio amplifier IC 418 to the connector CN.

As shown in FIG. 15, the first sub-control board 401A is provided with an audio circuit 451A for the upper speaker 272, an audio circuit 451B for the middle speaker 275, and an audio circuit 451C for the lower speaker 277 near the center of the first sub-control board 401A. In more detail, three audio circuits 451 (collectively referred to as audio circuits 451) are arranged from top to bottom near the center of the first sub-control board 401A in the order of audio circuit 451A, audio circuit 451B, and audio circuit 451C.

As shown in Figure 15, the audio circuit 451 has each component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418, coil L, resistor R, capacitor C, electrolytic capacitor EC, etc.) arranged in approximately the same layout. This makes it possible to standardize the performance of the audio output and stabilize the audio output. The audio circuit 451 generally comprises an audio amplifier IC 418, multiple coils L, multiple resistors R, multiple capacitors C, and electrolytic capacitor EC.

Figure 16 shows a circuit diagram of the audio circuit 451. Figure 16(a) shows the signal system circuit diagram, and Figure 16(b) shows the power system circuit diagram. As shown in Figure 16(a), the audio signal is output from the output terminal of the audio amplifier IC418, first through an LC filter LCF and then through a Zobel filter ZOF, before being output to a connector CN. Similarly to Figure 13(b), the power system circuit diagram in Figure 16(b) includes a power supply bypass capacitor PBC to remove noise. Capacitor C1 (C207, C208, C209, and C222 in Figure 16) connected to the BST terminal is a bootstrap capacitor for boosting voltage and serves to support the output of the positive and negative terminals. Capacitor C1 is unnecessary if the audio amplifier IC418 does not have a BST terminal. Capacitor C2 (C238, C299, C303, and C304 in Figure 16) is provided to reduce noise from the speaker.

In this embodiment, the coil L of the LC filter LCF uses a coreless coil, but a coil with a core may also be used. The constant of each element of the LC filter LCF is determined based on the switching frequency (20 kHz to 350 kHz) of the digital amplifier. Specifically, a coil L of 10 to 15 μH is used, and a capacitor C of 0.33 μF is used for a 10 μH coil L, and a capacitor C of 0.22 μF is used for a 10 μH coil L.

Returning to Figure 15, wiring C1 for audio output signals from the audio circuit 451A to the upper speakers 272 (specifically, the upper left speaker 272a and the upper right speaker 272a) is connected to a connector CN1 provided in the center of the left edge of the first sub-control board 401A. Wiring C2 for audio output signals from the audio circuit 451B to the right of the middle speaker 275 (specifically, the middle speaker 275b) and from the audio circuit 451C to the right of the lower speaker 277 (specifically, the lower speaker 277b) is connected to a connector CN2 provided below the left edge of the first sub-control board 401a. Wiring C3 for audio output signals from the audio circuit 451B to the left of the middle speaker 275 (specifically, middle speaker 275a) and from the audio circuit 451C to the left of the lower speaker 277 (specifically, lower speaker 277a) is connected to a connector CN3 provided below the right edge of the first sub-control board 401A.

In this way, wiring from one audio circuit may be connected to one connector connected to either the left or right speaker, and to the other connector connected to the other of the left or right speakers. Furthermore, connector CN2 is located at the left end (left side) of the first sub-control board 401a, and connector CN3 is located at the right end (right side) of the first sub-control board 401a. However, when viewed from the front of the gaming machine, connector CN2 is located on the right side of the gaming machine, and connector CN3 is located on the left side of the gaming machine, with these connectors located closer to the speaker to which they are connected. This configuration prevents redundant harness length and makes it easier to see where the harness (connector) is connected, improving efficiency during assembly and inspection.

Here, we will explain the flow of audio signals from the audio circuit 451 to the connector CN using Figures 17 to 19.

Wiring C1 is connected from the audio circuit 451A to connector C1 via path C1-1a in FIG. 17(a), path C1-1b in FIG. 19(b), path C1-2 in FIG. 18(b), path C1-3 in FIG. 17(a), path C1-4 in FIG. 18(a), and path C1-5 in FIG. 17(a).

Wiring C2 is connected to connector C2 from audio circuit 451B and audio circuit 451C via path C2-1a in FIG. 17(a), path C2-1b in FIG. 19(b), path C2-2 in FIG. 18(b), path C2-3 in FIG. 17(a), and path C2-4 in FIG. 18(a).

Wiring C3 is connected to connector C3 from audio circuit 451B and audio circuit 451C via path C3-1a in FIG. 17(a), path C3-1b in FIG. 19(b), path C3-2 in FIG. 18(b), path C3-3 in FIG. 17(a), and path C3-4 in FIG. 19(a). In this way, the wiring pattern from the audio amplifier IC to the connector may be configured via multiple layers.

As shown in Figure 17(a), the area where the coil L of the audio circuit 451 (audio circuit 451A, audio circuit 451B, audio circuit 451C) is located is an area N-GND without GND. This makes it possible to prevent potential instability due to the magnetic field generated by the coil L of the audio circuit 451. Also, as shown in Figure 14(c), the ground GND of the area of the audio circuit 451 (audio circuit 451A, audio circuit 451B, audio circuit 451C) may be separated from the ground GND of the areas of the other circuits and wired separately.

[Other Modifications]
Arrangement of Components of the Audio Circuit The arrangement of components of multiple (specifically, two) audio circuits 450 will be described using FIG. 20(a). In FIG. 20(a), one audio circuit is denoted as 450A, and the other audio circuit is denoted as 450B. Also, in FIG. 20(a), imaginary extension lines are shown along with each component (audio amplifier IC 418, coil L, resistor R, electrolytic capacitor EC) that constitutes the audio circuit 450. The imaginary extension lines generally indicate straight lines that form the outline of the audio circuit 450, which is made up of multiple components, or straight lines that pass through the centers of specific components.

In Example 1 of Figure 20(a), both audio circuit 450A and audio circuit 450B are arranged within the range surrounded by imaginary extension lines L1, L2, L3, and L4, and the coil L, capacitor C, and resistor R are arranged in positions symmetrical to the audio amplifier IC 418 (the coil L, capacitor C, and resistor R are arranged in positions symmetrical to the axis of symmetry, which is the imaginary extension line VL that bisects the audio amplifier IC 418). In addition, the electrolytic capacitor EC is arranged to the right of the power supply IC 418, parallel to the audio amplifier IC 418.

In this way, the component layouts in the two audio circuits can be made approximately identical, and the coil L, capacitor C, and resistor R can be positioned symmetrically with respect to the audio amplifier IC 418.

In Example 2 of Figure 20(a), similar to Example 1, both the audio circuit 450A and the audio circuit 450B are arranged within the range enclosed by imaginary extension lines L1, L2, L3, and L4, and the coil L, capacitor C, and resistor R are arranged in positions symmetrical to the audio amplifier IC 418 (the coil L, capacitor C, and resistor R are arranged in positions symmetrical to the left and right with respect to the imaginary extension line VL that bisects the audio amplifier IC 418). However, the positional relationship between the electrolytic capacitor EC and the audio amplifier IC 418 is different from Example 1. In Example 2, the electrolytic capacitor EC is positioned below the audio amplifier IC 418. In this way, the lower end of the electrolytic capacitor EC may be positioned offset from the lower end of the audio amplifier IC 418.

Here, audio circuits 450A and 450B in examples 1 and 2 of Figure 20(a) have substantially the same component layout within the audio circuit, but it is not necessary that all components have substantially the same component layout. For example, as shown in example 3 of Figure 20(a), the electrolytic capacitor EC may be arranged in an inverted position. The layout of other components is substantially the same as in examples 1 and 2. Specifically, in audio circuit 450A, the electrolytic capacitor EC is arranged to the right of the audio amplifier IC 418, while in audio circuit 450B, the electrolytic capacitor EC is arranged to the left of the audio amplifier IC 418. In this way, audio circuits 450A and 450B may be arranged in a line-symmetrical positional relationship.

In Example 4 of Figure 20(a), both audio circuit 450A and audio circuit 450B are arranged within the range surrounded by imaginary extension lines L1, L2, L3, and L4, but unlike Examples 1 to 3, the components near coil L (coil L, capacitor C, resistor R) are not arranged in symmetrical positions with respect to audio amplifier IC 418. On the other hand, the components near audio amplifier IC 418 (capacitor C, resistor R) are arranged in symmetrical positions with respect to power supply IC 418. Note that audio circuit 450A and audio circuit 450B in Example 4 of Figure 20(a) have approximately the same layout of the components within the audio circuits.

In addition, in Examples 1 to 4 of FIG. 20(a), the electrolytic capacitor EC is not positioned so as to be sandwiched between the two coils L, but the electrolytic capacitor EC may also be positioned so as to be sandwiched between the two coils L. Also, in the diagrams shown in Examples 1 to 4 of FIG. 20(a), capacitors related to other electronic processing are not shown, but capacitors related to other electronic processing may also be placed.

From the above, the audio amplifier IC418 and the two coils L are laid out (corresponding to the first positional relationship) so that at least a portion of the audio amplifier IC418 is included in the intermediate portion of the two coils L (the region between the imaginary extension lines of the end edge of one coil facing the other coil and the end edge of the other coil facing the one coil, which is the region consisting of imaginary extension lines with a distance t1; the diagonal line region between imaginary extension line L1' and imaginary extension line L5' shown in Figure 20). For example, the audio amplifier IC418 may be laid out so as to be axisymmetric with respect to the two coils L, or the audio amplifier IC418 may be laid out so as to be eccentric to one of the two coils L.

The audio amplifier IC 418 and capacitor C may be laid out so that capacitor C is located between the audio amplifier 418 and coil L (corresponding to the second positional relationship), or so that coil L is located between the audio amplifier 418 and capacitor C (corresponding to the second positional relationship). That is, in the output direction of the audio signal as viewed from the audio amplifier 418, the positional relationships are "audio amplifier IC → capacitor C → coil L" and "audio amplifier IC → coil L → capacitor C." The capacitor C may also be laid out in line symmetry with the audio amplifier IC 418, or the capacitor C may be laid out in line symmetry with two coils L, or the capacitor C may be laid out in line symmetry with one coil L. The audio amplifier IC 418 and electrolytic capacitor EC may be laid out so that at least a portion of electrolytic capacitor EC is located inward of an imaginary extension line L4 along the end of the audio amplifier IC 418 on one side that has a power supply terminal, opposite the side on which the coil L is located (corresponding to another example of the second positional relationship, or the fourth positional relationship).

Furthermore, with regard to the coil L and capacitor C, the layout may be such that the capacitor C is located between the coil L and the audio amplifier IC 418 (corresponding to the third positional relationship), or the layout may be such that the capacitor C is located between the coil L and the connector CN (corresponding to the third positional relationship). That is, the positional relationship is such that the capacitor C is located closer to the audio amplifier IC 418 when viewed from the coil L, or the positional relationship is such that the capacitor C is located closer to the connector CN, which is on the opposite side of the audio amplifier IC 418 when viewed from the coil L. Furthermore, the capacitor C is laid out so as to be linearly symmetrical with respect to one coil L and/or two coils L. The layout (corresponding to another example of the third positional relationship or the fifth positional relationship) is such that the electrolytic capacitor EC is positioned eccentrically on one side of the two coils L, with at least a portion of the electrolytic capacitor EC located inward from an imaginary extension line L5 of the edge of the one coil L opposite the other coil L, at least a portion of the electrolytic capacitor EC located inward from an imaginary extension line L4 along the end of the audio amplifier IC 418 opposite the side where the coil L is located, and at least a portion of the electrolytic capacitor EC located inward from an extension line L3 of the connector-side edges of the two coils L. Furthermore, electronic components such as a capacitor C and/or resistor R are positioned between the coil L and the electrolytic capacitor EC, and the electrolytic capacitor EC is positioned on the side of the audio amplifier IC 418 where the power terminal is located (the side closest to the power terminal). This prevents close contact with the coil L and minimizes the heat generated by the coil L from reaching the electrolytic capacitor EC. As shown in Example 4, even if there are no components between the coil L and the electrolytic capacitor EC, the same effect can be achieved by positioning them apart.

The audio amplifier IC418, coil L, and capacitor C are laid out so that at least a portion of the audio amplifier IC418 is included in an area formed by an imaginary extension of the distance t1 between the audio amplifier IC418 and the two coils L, and the capacitor C is linearly symmetrical with the audio amplifier IC418 and/or coil L. The electrolytic capacitor EC is disposed on one side of the audio amplifier IC418 and one side of the two coils L, and is laid out so that an imaginary extension of one end of the electrolytic capacitor EC overlaps with the audio amplifier IC418 and/or coil L.

Arrangement of audio circuits on first sub-control board Fig. 20(b) shows an example of the arrangement of audio circuits 450 on the first sub-control board 401. In Fig. 20(b), audio circuit 1 is represented as 450X, audio circuit 2 as 450Y, and audio circuit 3 as 450Z.

Example 1 in Figure 20(b) shows a first sub-control board 401X in which audio circuits 450X, 450Y, and 450Z are each arranged at or near the edge of the board. In the first sub-control board 401X, audio circuits 450X and 450Y are arranged at one edge (specifically, the left edge), and audio circuit 450Z is arranged at the other edge (specifically, the right edge). In addition, a first connector CN1 is arranged near audio circuits 450X and 450Y, and a second connector CN2 is arranged near audio circuit 450Z.

In the first sub-control board 401X shown in Example 1 of Figure 20(b), by locating the audio circuit at the end, it is possible to reduce the impact of noise due to switching frequencies on other components. It also has the effect of making it easier to understand the correspondence between the connector CN (audio circuit) and the speaker, making it easier to identify the defective part. Furthermore, if the sound output from the gaming machine is perceived as being too loud during inspection work, the connector of the harness connecting the connector CN to the speaker may be unplugged. Since the audio circuit and the connector CN connected to the corresponding speaker are located close to each other, it is easy to determine which connector to unplug, improving work efficiency.

Example 2 in Figure 20(b) shows a first sub-control board 401Y in which both the audio circuit 450X and the audio circuit 450Y are concentrated in one edge area of the board (specifically, the upper right quarter area of the board). Furthermore, the connector CN is located near the audio circuit 450X and the audio circuit 450Y.

The first sub-control board 401Y shown in Example 2 of Figure 20(b) allows for the audio circuits to be concentrated at the edge, further reducing the impact of noise on other components. It also makes it easier to identify the connector CN connected to the speaker, allowing for instant identification of the connector CN to be unplugged in the event of a loud noise. Furthermore, heat-generating components such as the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L can be concentrated to allow for concentrated heat dissipation.

Example 3 in Figure 20(b) shows a first sub-control board 401Z in which both the audio circuit 450X and the audio circuit 450Y are located in the central region of the board. Furthermore, the first connector CN1 is located near the audio circuit 450X, and the second connector CN2 is located near the audio circuit 450Y.

In the first sub-control board 401Z shown in Example 3 of Figure 20(b), by arranging heat-generating components such as the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L in the center of the board, the heat can be dispersed throughout the entire board, making it easier to achieve heat dissipation. Furthermore, since the connector CN and the audio circuit are located close to each other, the correspondence between the connector CN and the audio circuit is easy to understand, making inspection work more efficient.

In the above-described embodiment and modified examples, the layout of components in the audio circuits 450 is the same or substantially the same (including inverted components), but the layout of components may be different for each audio circuit 450. Fig. 20(c) shows a first sub-control board 401J in which the layout of components in the audio circuits 450X and 450Y is different. The audio circuits 450X and 450Y differ in the positional relationship between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil C, and the positional relationship between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the electrolytic capacitor EC. A capacitor C is also arranged on the side of the audio amplifier IC 418 where the coil L is not arranged, and in the case of the audio circuit 450X, the coil L is arranged parallel to the audio amplifier IC 418 (left-right direction), and the capacitor C is arranged perpendicular to the audio amplifier IC 418 (up-down direction), with a coil L corresponding to the (+) output terminal and (-) output terminal of one coil L on one side in the perpendicular direction, and a coil L corresponding to the (+) output terminal and (-) output terminal of the other coil L on the other side in the perpendicular direction. Also, in the case of the audio circuit 450Y, the coil L is arranged perpendicular to the audio amplifier IC 418 (upward in the figure, but it may also be downward or up-down), and the capacitor C is arranged parallel to the audio amplifier IC 418 (left-right direction), with a coil L corresponding to the (+) output terminal and (-) output terminal of one coil L on one side in the parallel direction, and a coil L corresponding to the (+) output terminal and (-) output terminal of the other coil L on the other side in the parallel direction. However, in both audio circuit 450X and audio circuit 450Y, each component is arranged in an area surrounded by an imaginary extension line of a dashed dotted line shown in Fig. 20(c). Here, a rectangular area S1 surrounded by the imaginary extension line of audio circuit 450X and a rectangular area S2 surrounded by the imaginary extension line of audio circuit 450Y are substantially the same in shape and area (specifically, the vertical and horizontal lengths of the rectangles are substantially the same). Note that this is not limited to the imaginary extension line of a dashed dotted line, and the same applies to imaginary extension lines shown as dotted lines along the ends of each component, and each component is arranged in an area surrounded by the imaginary extension line shown as dotted lines. In the audio circuit 450X, an area S1 is formed by an imaginary extension line along the end of the electrolytic capacitor EC, an imaginary extension line along the end of the coil L, and an imaginary extension line along the end of the capacitor C, and in the audio circuit 450Y, an area S2 is formed by an imaginary extension line along the end of the electrolytic capacitor EC, an imaginary extension line along the end of the coil L, and an imaginary extension line along the end of the audio amplifier IC 418.

The audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L are laid out within a region (a region formed by imaginary extensions of the spacing between coils L) (a first range) between the end edge of one coil on the side of the other coil and the end edge of the other coil on the side of the one coil, and are laid out within a range (another example within the first range) in which the distances from the audio amplifier IC 418 to each coil L are the same or approximately the same (w1 ≒ w2, w3 ≒ w4). This allows the wiring lengths to be equal or approximately equal, thereby achieving uniform sound output between the left and right outputs. Note that "w1 and w2" and "w3 and w4" may be different, or may be the same or approximately the same.

The audio amplifier IC 418 and capacitor C are laid out so that capacitor C is approximately symmetrical with respect to the audio amplifier IC 418 in the parallel and perpendicular directions, and are also laid out within the same or approximately the same areas S1 and S2 (second areas) surrounded by imaginary extensions from the ends of each component. This makes it possible to achieve uniformity in the left and right outputs and the (+) and (-) outputs, and to save space in the audio circuit.

Furthermore, the coils L and capacitors C are laid out within a range (third range) such that the distances from capacitors C to each coil L are the same or approximately the same (w5 ≒ w6). Note that while the distances w7 and w8 from capacitors C to each coil L in audio circuit 450Y are not shown, these are also the same or approximately the same (w7 ≒ w8). This allows the wiring lengths to be equal or approximately equal, making it possible to equalize the sound output between the left and right outputs.

In addition to between stereo output audio circuits, each component may be positioned within the first, second, or third range described above, not only between stereo output audio circuits but also between stereo output audio circuits and mono output audio circuits, thereby achieving a balanced positive and negative polarity in a single speaker. The above-mentioned positional relationships and placement ranges of these components, or the positional relationships and placement ranges described below, may be the same or approximately the same positional relationships and within the same or approximately the same ranges, even between mono output audio circuits.

Even if the component layout differs for each audio circuit 450, it is sufficient that each component is placed in the same predetermined area in each audio circuit 450. Even in this case, the performance of multiple speakers can be made uniform, stabilizing audio output.

21(a) to 21(c) are diagrams showing the arrangement of the output terminals of the audio amplifier IC 418. In Fig. 21(a) to 21(c), the left speaker coil is denoted as LL, the right speaker coil is denoted as RL, the output terminal for the left speaker of the audio amplifier IC 418 is denoted as LT, and the output terminal for the right speaker is denoted as RT. Furthermore, with respect to the center line VL that divides the audio amplifier IC 418 into left and right halves, the left region is denoted as LS, and the right region is denoted as RS.

In this embodiment, as shown in Figure 12, two coils LL and RL are arranged in positions that are symmetrical about the center line VL of the audio amplifier IC 418. In this case, to avoid crossings and shorten the distance between the wiring of the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L, it is preferable that the output terminal LT and the left speaker coil LL are connected in the same region LS, and the output terminal RT and the right speaker coil RL are connected in the same region RS. Figures 21(a) to (c) show an example of the arrangement of the output terminals of the audio amplifier IC 418 in such a case, with the output terminal LT arranged in the left region LS and the output terminal RT arranged in the right region RS.

For example, as shown in FIG. 21(a), the output terminal LT may be arranged linearly on the left side of the rectangular audio amplifier IC 418, and the output terminal RT may be arranged linearly on the right side. In other words, the arrangement direction of the output terminals of the audio amplifier IC is perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the coil L. Note that a layout in which at least a portion of the audio amplifier IC 418 is included in the area formed by the imaginary extension of the space between the two coils L, and the arrangement direction of the output terminals of the audio amplifier IC 418 is perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the coil L, may be an example of a first positional relationship.

Also, for example, as shown in FIG. 21(b), the output terminal LT may be arranged in an L-shape on the left and top sides of the rectangular audio amplifier IC 418, straddling the corners, and the output terminal RT may be arranged in an L-shape on the right and top sides, straddling the corners. In other words, the arrangement results in an arrangement in which the output terminals of the audio amplifier IC are arranged in a direction that is both perpendicular and parallel to the longitudinal direction of the coil L. Note that a layout in which at least a portion of the audio amplifier IC 418 is included in the area formed by an imaginary extension of the space between two coils L, and in which the output terminals of the audio amplifier IC 418 are arranged in a direction that is perpendicular and parallel to the longitudinal direction of the coil L, may be considered an example of a first positional relationship.

Also, for example, as shown in FIG. 21(c), the output terminal LT may be arranged linearly in a position facing the left region LS on the left half of the top side of the rectangular audio amplifier IC 418, and the output terminal RT may be arranged linearly in a position facing the right region RS on the right half of the top side. In other words, the arrangement direction of the output terminals of the audio amplifier IC is parallel to the longitudinal direction of the coil L. Note that a layout in which at least a portion of the audio amplifier IC 418 is included in the region formed by an imaginary extension of the space between two coils L, and the arrangement direction of the output terminals of the audio amplifier IC 418 is parallel to the longitudinal direction of the coil L, may be an example of a first positional relationship.

In all cases shown in Figures 21(a) to (c), wiring crossing between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L can be avoided, allowing the wiring distance to be shortened.

21(d) to (f) are schematic diagrams showing the layout of the components that make up the audio circuit 450 when they are linearly arranged in the vertical direction. Note that Figures 21(d) to (f) show an example in which the LC filter LCF is composed of two coils L and four capacitors C (more precisely, one coil L and two capacitors C for the left speaker, and one coil L and two capacitors C for the right speaker), and the Zobel filter ZOF is composed of two capacitors C and two resistors R (more precisely, one capacitor C and one resistor for the left speaker, and one capacitor C and one resistor R for the right speaker).

For example, the audio circuit 450D shown in FIG. 21(d) is arranged in the following order from top to bottom: connector CN, Zobel filter ZOF, capacitor C of LC filter LCF, coil L of LC filter LCF, audio amplifier IC418, and electrolytic capacitor EC. In the audio circuit 450 of this embodiment, as shown in the circuit diagram of FIG. 14, the audio signal flows in the following order: audio amplifier IC418 → coil L of LC filter LCF → capacitor C of LC filter LCF → Zobel filter ZOF → connector CN. Therefore, when the components are arranged as shown in FIG. 21(d), the audio amplifier IC418 and connector CN can be wired in the shortest distance. In other words, because the wiring patterns are optimally arranged for each filter, this has the advantages of high wiring efficiency and enhanced filter effectiveness. However, it also has the disadvantage of heat concentration due to the proximity of the audio amplifier IC418 and coil L, which tend to generate heat.

Note that Figure 21(d) also has a layout (first positional relationship) in which the audio amplifier IC and coil L include at least a portion of the audio amplifier IC 418 in the area formed by the imaginary extension of the distance between the two coils L. This improves the wiring efficiency between the audio amplifier IC and coil L, and further equalizes the imbalance in the wiring pattern distance between the left output and the right output to the greatest extent possible, thereby stabilizing the output. Also, the audio amplifier IC and capacitor C have a layout (second positional relationship) in which the coil L is located between the audio amplifier IC and capacitor C. This allows the wiring to be in the correct order on the filter circuit, resulting in the shortest possible wiring pattern. Also, the coil L and capacitor C have a layout (third positional relationship) in which the capacitor C is located between the coil L and connector CN. This allows the wiring to be in the correct order on the filter circuit, resulting in the shortest possible wiring pattern.

Although not shown in the audio circuit 450D shown in Figure 21(d), a bootstrap capacitor may be provided between the coil L of the LC filter LCF and the audio amplifier IC418.

For example, the audio circuit 450E shown in Figure 21(e) is arranged in the following order from top to bottom: connector CN, Zobel filter ZOF, coil L of LC filter LCF, capacitor C of LC filter LCF, audio amplifier IC418, and electrolytic capacitor EC. The component arrangement shown in Figure 21(e) is longer than the component arrangement shown in Figure 21(d) because the wiring is not in the order of the circuit (coil L → capacitor C) in the LC filter LCF. However, current flows in the order audio amplifier IC418 → LC filter LCF → Zobel filter ZOF → connector CN, making this the preferred wiring.

The audio circuit 450E shown in Figure 21(e) has the advantage that the audio amplifier IC 418, which tends to generate heat, and the coil L are separated by a capacitor C, preventing heat from concentrating. However, the LC filter LCF is not arranged in the correct order, which results in a long wiring pattern and makes it more susceptible to noise contamination.

Note that Figure 21(e) also shows a layout (first positional relationship) in which the audio amplifier IC and coil L include at least a portion of the audio amplifier IC 418 in the area formed by the imaginary extension of the spacing between the two coils L. This improves the wiring efficiency between the audio amplifier IC and coil L and further equalizes the imbalance in the wiring pattern distance between the left and right outputs to the greatest extent possible, thereby stabilizing the output. Furthermore, a layout (second positional relationship) in which the audio amplifier IC and capacitor C are located between the audio amplifier IC and coil L allows for a sufficient separation distance between the audio amplifier IC and coil L, thereby preventing heat buildup. Furthermore, a layout (third positional relationship) in which the coil L and capacitor C are located between the coil L and audio amplifier IC allows for a sufficient separation distance between the audio amplifier IC and coil L, thereby preventing heat buildup. Furthermore, by placing the Zobel filter capacitor C between the coil L and the connector CN, the wiring in the filter circuit can be arranged in order, allowing for the creation of the shortest possible wiring pattern.

For example, the audio circuit 450F shown in Figure 21(f) is arranged in the following order from top to bottom: connector CN, capacitor C of LC filter LCF, coil L of LC filter LCF, Zobel filter ZOF, audio amplifier IC418, and electrolytic capacitor EC. In this way, the top-bottom positions of the LC filter LCF and Zobel filter ZOF may be reversed.

The audio circuit 450F shown in Figure 21(f) has the advantage that the audio amplifier IC 418, which tends to generate heat, and the coil L are separated by a capacitor C, preventing heat from concentrating. However, the disadvantage is that the Zobel filter ZOF is not located near the connector CN, reducing the effectiveness of countermeasures against back electromotive force from the speaker.

Note that Figure 21(f) also has a layout (first positional relationship) in which the audio amplifier IC and coil L include at least a portion of the audio amplifier IC 418 in the area formed by the imaginary extension of the distance between the two coils L. This improves the wiring efficiency between the audio amplifier IC and coil L, and further equalizes the imbalance in the wiring pattern distance between the left output and the right output to the greatest extent possible, thereby stabilizing the output. Furthermore, the audio amplifier IC and capacitor C are arranged in a layout (second positional relationship) in which capacitor C is located between the audio amplifier IC and coil L. This allows for a certain distance between the audio amplifier IC and coil L, preventing heat from building up. Furthermore, the coil L and capacitor C are arranged in a layout (third positional relationship) in which capacitor C is located between the coil L and audio amplifier IC. This allows for a certain distance between the audio amplifier IC and coil L, preventing heat from building up.

In this embodiment, an audio amplifier IC is used as the IC in the audio circuit, but this is not limiting and a sound source IC may also be used. Furthermore, in this embodiment, a configuration described as "substantially the same" may also be a configuration described as "identical," and a configuration described as "same" may also be a configuration described as "substantially the same." Furthermore, in this embodiment, the positional relationship refers to the layout of components between components, or components in the target circuit configuration. Furthermore, in this embodiment, the audio circuit includes an audio signal wiring path: "audio amplifier IC → LC filter consisting of coil L and capacitor C → Zobel filter consisting of resistor R and capacitor C (→ connector)."

<Summary of the embodiment>
(1) As described above, according to the gaming machine (e.g., slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, etc.) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
a first board (e.g., a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged;
A gaming machine equipped with
Each of the plurality of audio circuits includes a first component (e.g., an audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., a coil L), and a third component (e.g., a capacitor C),
In each of the plurality of audio circuits on the first substrate, the positional relationship between the first component, the second component, and the third component is substantially the same (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
This is the first basic configuration.

The first basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits.

In this first basic configuration,
In each of the plurality of audio circuits on the first substrate,
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) );
This is the first preferred configuration.

In the first preferred configuration, by arranging the three components in the same relative positions, the audio output performance of the multiple audio circuits can be roughly uniform, allowing for stable audio output.

In this first preferred configuration,
the first component is an audio amplifier element (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418);
the second component is a coil (e.g., coil L),
the third component is a capacitor (e.g., capacitor C),
Each of the plurality of audio circuits includes a filter circuit (e.g., an LC filter LCF) using the coil and the capacitor.
This is the second preferred configuration.

The second preferred configuration allows for stable audio output by maintaining approximately the same noise reduction.

In this first basic configuration, first preferred configuration, or second preferred configuration,
The first substrate further includes a control means (e.g., a CPU 404, etc.),
The plurality of audio circuits are disposed on the first substrate closer to the end of the first substrate than the position where the control means is disposed (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )).
This is a third preferred configuration.

This third preferred configuration prevents the magnetic field from the audio circuit from affecting other components.

Furthermore, according to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, etc.) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
a first board (e.g., a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged;
A gaming machine equipped with
Each of the plurality of audio circuits includes a first component (e.g., an audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., a coil L), and a third component (e.g., a capacitor C),
In each of the plurality of audio circuits on the first substrate, the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within approximately the same predetermined range (e.g., FIG. 12( a), FIG. 20( c), etc.),
This is the second basic configuration.

The second basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits.

In this second basic configuration,
In each of the plurality of audio circuits on the first substrate,
the first component and the second component are disposed within a first range;
the first component and the third component are disposed within a second range;
The second component and the third component are disposed within a third range (e.g., FIG. 12( a), FIG. 20(c), etc.),
This is the fourth preferred configuration.

According to the fourth preferred configuration, by arranging the three components in the same area, the audio output performance of the multiple audio circuits can be roughly uniformed, enabling stable audio output.

In a fourth preferred configuration,
the first component is an audio amplifier element (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418);
the second component is a coil (e.g., coil L),
the third component is a capacitor (e.g., capacitor C),
Each of the plurality of audio circuits includes a filter circuit (e.g., an LC filter LCF) using the coil and the capacitor.
This is a fifth preferred configuration.

This fifth preferred configuration allows for stable audio output by maintaining approximately the same noise reduction.

In the second basic configuration, the fourth preferred configuration, or the fifth preferred configuration,
The first substrate further includes a control means (e.g., a CPU 404, etc.),
The plurality of audio circuits are disposed on the first substrate closer to the end of the first substrate than the position where the control means is disposed (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )).
This is the sixth preferred configuration.

This sixth preferred configuration prevents the magnetic field from the audio circuit from affecting other components.

(2) Furthermore, according to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, etc.) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
a first board (e.g., a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged;
A gaming machine equipped with
Each of the plurality of audio circuits includes a first component (e.g., an audio amplifier IC 418), a plurality of second components (e.g., two coils L), and a third component (e.g., a capacitor C),
In each of the plurality of audio circuits on the first substrate, the positional relationship between the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component is substantially the same (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
In each of the plurality of audio circuits on the first substrate, when one of the plurality of second components is designated as the A second component and the other second component is designated as the B second component, at least a portion of the first component is included in the region between an imaginary extension line of an edge of the A second component on the side facing the B second component and an imaginary extension line of an edge of the B second component on the side facing the A second component (for example, FIG. 12(a) ),
This is the third basic configuration.

According to the third basic configuration, the performance of the audio output of the plurality of audio circuits is made substantially uniform, thereby making it possible to output audio stably.
The wiring pattern lengths between the first component and the plurality of second components can be well balanced for the plurality of second components, and for example, the output balance between the left and right speakers can be made uniform.

In the third basic configuration,
In each of the plurality of audio circuits on the first substrate,
the first component and the plurality of second components are arranged in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the plurality of second components and the third component are arranged in a third positional relationship (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) );
This is the seventh preferred configuration.

According to the seventh preferred configuration, by arranging the three components in the same relative positions, the audio output performance of the multiple audio circuits can be roughly uniform, allowing for stable audio output.

In a seventh preferred configuration,
the first component is an audio amplifier element (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418);
the second component is a coil (e.g., coil L),
the third component is a capacitor (e.g., capacitor C),
Each of the plurality of audio circuits includes a filter circuit (e.g., an LC filter LCF) using the coil and the capacitor.
This is an eighth preferred configuration.

According to the eighth preferred configuration, noise reduction is kept approximately the same, allowing for stable audio output.

In the third basic configuration, the seventh preferred configuration, or the eighth preferred configuration,
The first substrate further includes a control means (e.g., a CPU 404, etc.),
The plurality of audio circuits are disposed on the first substrate closer to the end of the first substrate than the position where the control means is disposed (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )).
This is the ninth preferred configuration.

The ninth preferred configuration prevents the magnetic field from the audio circuit from affecting other components.

(3) Furthermore, according to the gaming machine (e.g., slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, etc.) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
a first board (e.g., a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged;
A gaming machine equipped with
Each of the plurality of audio circuits includes a first component (e.g., an audio amplifier IC 418), a plurality of second components (e.g., two coils L), and a third component (e.g., a capacitor C),
In each of the plurality of audio circuits on the first substrate, the positional relationship between the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component is substantially the same (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
In each of the plurality of audio circuits on the first substrate, the intervals between the plurality of second components are substantially the same, and no components are mounted in the areas defined by the intervals (for example, FIG. 12( a) ),
This is the fourth basic configuration.

The fourth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, by not placing components between multiple second components, the effects of heat generated by the second components can be prevented.

In the fourth basic configuration,
In each of the plurality of audio circuits on the first substrate,
the first component and the plurality of second components are arranged in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the plurality of second components and the third component are arranged in a third positional relationship (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) );
This is the tenth preferred configuration.

With this preferred configuration, by arranging the three components in the same relative positions, the audio output performance of the multiple audio circuits can be roughly uniform, allowing for stable audio output.

In a tenth preferred configuration,
the first component is an audio amplifier element (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418);
the second component is a coil (e.g., coil L),
the third component is a capacitor (e.g., capacitor C),
Each of the plurality of audio circuits includes a filter circuit (e.g., an LC filter LCF) using the coil and the capacitor.
This is an eleventh preferred configuration.

According to the eleventh preferred configuration, noise reduction is kept approximately the same, enabling stable audio output.

In the fourth basic configuration, the tenth preferred configuration, or the eleventh preferred configuration,
The first substrate further includes a control means (e.g., a CPU 404, etc.),
The plurality of audio circuits are disposed on the first substrate closer to the end of the first substrate than the position where the control means is disposed (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )).
This is a twelfth preferred configuration.

The twelfth preferred configuration prevents the magnetic field from the audio circuit from affecting other components.

(4) Furthermore, according to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, etc.) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
a first board (e.g., a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged;
A gaming machine equipped with
Each of the plurality of audio circuits includes a first component (e.g., an audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., a coil L), and a third component (e.g., a capacitor C),
In each of the plurality of audio circuits on the first substrate, the positional relationship between the first component, the second component, and the third component is substantially the same (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
the first substrate includes a connector (e.g., a connector CN1 connected to an upper speaker 272) that is electrically connectable to at least a certain speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
This is the fifth basic configuration.

According to the fifth basic configuration, the performance of the audio output of the plurality of audio circuits is made substantially uniform, thereby making it possible to output audio stably.
This makes it easier to recognize the correspondence between the speaker and the audio circuit, and for example, if a loud sound suddenly comes out of the speaker during maintenance work, it becomes easier to identify the connector of the speaker whose output you want to disable, which helps to shorten the time required to disable it.

In the fifth basic configuration,
In each of the plurality of audio circuits on the first substrate,
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) );
This is the thirteenth preferred configuration.

According to the thirteenth preferred configuration, by arranging the three components in the same relative positions, the audio output performance of the multiple audio circuits can be roughly uniform, enabling stable audio output.

the first component is an audio amplifier element (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418);
the second component is a coil (e.g., coil L),
the third component is a capacitor (e.g., capacitor C),
Each of the plurality of audio circuits includes a filter circuit (e.g., an LC filter LCF) using the coil and the capacitor.
This is the fourteenth preferred configuration.

According to the fourteenth preferable configuration, noise reduction is made substantially uniform, so that sound can be output stably.
In the fifth basic configuration, the thirteenth preferred configuration, or the fourteenth preferred configuration,
The first substrate further includes a control means (e.g., a CPU 404, etc.),
The plurality of audio circuits are disposed on the first substrate closer to the end of the first substrate than the position where the control means is disposed (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )).
This is the fifteenth preferred configuration.

The fifteenth preferred configuration prevents the magnetic field from the audio circuit from affecting other components.

(5) Furthermore, according to the gaming machine (e.g., slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, etc.) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
a first board (e.g., a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged;
A gaming machine equipped with
Each of the plurality of audio circuits includes a first component (e.g., an audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., a coil L), and a third component (e.g., a capacitor C),
In each of the plurality of audio circuits on the first substrate, the positional relationship between the first component, the second component, and the third component is substantially the same (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover (for example, a substrate case 403) (for example, FIG. 12(d)),
The cover includes a heat dissipation means (e.g., a vent hole 405, a fan, etc.) near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits is disposed (e.g., FIG. 12(d) , etc.),
This is the sixth basic configuration.

The sixth basic configuration roughly equalizes the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits, enabling stable audio output and promoting heat dissipation to prevent component malfunctions.

In the sixth basic configuration,
In each of the plurality of audio circuits on the first substrate,
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) );
This is the sixteenth preferred configuration.

According to the sixteenth preferred configuration, by arranging the three components in the same relative positions, the audio output performance of the multiple audio circuits can be roughly uniform, enabling stable audio output.

In a sixteenth preferred configuration,
the first component is an audio amplifier element (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418);
the second component is a coil (e.g., coil L),
the third component is a capacitor (e.g., capacitor C),
Each of the plurality of audio circuits includes a filter circuit (e.g., an LC filter LCF) using the coil and the capacitor.
This is the seventeenth preferred configuration.

According to the seventeenth preferred configuration, noise reduction is kept approximately the same, enabling stable audio output.

In the sixth basic configuration, the sixteenth preferred configuration, or the seventeenth preferred configuration,
The first substrate further includes a control means (e.g., a CPU 404, etc.),
The plurality of audio circuits are disposed on the first substrate closer to the end of the first substrate than the position where the control means is disposed (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )).
This is an eighteenth preferred configuration.

The eighteenth preferred configuration prevents the magnetic field from the audio circuit from affecting other components.

[Additions to the third embodiment]
Hereinafter, the audio circuit described in the third embodiment will be described from another perspective with reference to FIGS. 22 to 27, and additional matters regarding the audio circuit described in the third embodiment will be described.

<Layout of audio circuit components>
22 and 23 are diagrams schematically showing an example of the arrangement of components of the audio circuit 450. In the following explanation, the directions shown in FIG. 22( a) are used, and the positional relationship between the coil L and capacitor C of the LC filter is represented as relationship A, the positional relationship between the coil L of the LC filter and the audio amplifier IC 418 is represented as relationship B, the positional relationship between the capacitor C of the LC filter and the audio amplifier IC 418 is represented as relationship C, and the positional relationship between the coil L of the LC filter, capacitor C, and the audio amplifier IC 418 is represented as relationship D. Furthermore, in accordance with the flow of the audio signal output from the audio amplifier IC 418 toward the connector CN, the arrangement position closer to the audio amplifier IC 418 is represented as the input side, and the arrangement position closer to the connector CN is represented as the output side.

Furthermore, with regard to the LC filter, the coil L and capacitor C that make up the LC filter, the Zobel filter, and the capacitor C and resistor R that make up the Zobel filter, the LC filter, coil L, capacitor C, Zobel filter, capacitor C, and resistor R on the left side of the imaginary extension line VL that divides the audio amplifier 418 into left and right halves will be referred to as the left (components for the left speaker), and the LC filter, coil L, capacitor C, Zobel filter, capacitor C, and resistor R on the right side will be referred to as the right (components for the right speaker).

・Parts arrangement schematic diagram 1
FIG. 22(a) is a component layout schematic diagram 1 showing the layout of the components of the audio circuit 450D shown in FIG. 21(d).

In relationship A, in the left and right LC filters, coil L is placed on the input side and capacitor C is placed on the output side. In the left and right LC filters, coil L and capacitor C are placed at equal or approximately equal distances.

In relationship B, the audio amplifier IC418 is located on the input side and the coil L is located on the output side of the left and right LC filters, respectively, and the left and right coils L are located equidistant or approximately equidistant from the audio amplifier IC418.

In relationship C, the audio amplifier IC418 is placed on the input side and the capacitor C is placed on the output side of the left and right LC filters, respectively, and the left and right capacitors C are placed at equal or approximately equal distances from the audio amplifier IC418.

In relationship D, the left and right capacitors C are positioned equidistant or approximately equidistant from the audio amplifier IC 418, and the left and right coils L are positioned equidistant or approximately equidistant from the audio amplifier IC 418. Furthermore, the left and right coils L and capacitors C are positioned in line-symmetric or approximately line-symmetric positions with respect to the imaginary extension line VL that bisects the audio amplifier 418 left and right, and the coil L is positioned between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the capacitor C.

In this way, by arranging the left and right coils L and capacitors C in line symmetry or approximately line symmetry with respect to the audio amplifier IC 418, it is possible to align the wiring lengths of the left and right audio signals and align the balance of the left and right audio output. Furthermore, because the positions of the LC filters made up of the left and right coils L and capacitors C are the same or approximately the same, the positions where the filter effect is applied can also be aligned, aligning the sound quality of the left and right outputs and preventing differences in the sound quality of the left and right stereo output. Note that by arranging the audio circuits corresponding to speakers with different stereo outputs (for example, the left and right of the upper speaker 272, the left and right of the middle speaker 275, and the left and right of the lower speaker 277) in this way, it is possible to align the sound quality between the different speakers.

The Zobel filter is located closer to the output side than the LC filter, between the LC filter's capacitor C and connector CN. The left and right Zobel filters also have the same or nearly identical component positional relationships (arranged from left to right in the order of capacitor C, resistor). In other words, by aligning the component positions (filtered positions) of the Zobel filters for the left and right outputs, oscillation and noise caused by the load are equalized.

・Parts arrangement schematic diagram 2
FIG. 22B is a component layout schematic diagram 2 showing the layout of the components of the audio circuit 450E shown in FIG.

In relationship A, in the left and right LC filters, capacitor C is placed on the input side and coil L is placed on the output side. In the left and right LC filters, coil L and capacitor C are placed at a distance or approximately the same distance.

Relationships B and C are the same as those for the audio circuit 450D shown in Figure 22(a), so their explanation will be omitted.

In relationship D, the left and right capacitors C are arranged at equal or nearly equal distances from the audio amplifier IC 418, and the left and right coils L are arranged at equal or nearly equal distances from the audio amplifier IC 418. Furthermore, the left and right coils L and capacitors C are arranged in positions that are line-symmetric or nearly line-symmetric with respect to an imaginary extension line VL that bisects the audio amplifier 418 left and right as the axis of symmetry, and the capacitor C is arranged between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L. By arranging them in this way,
The ability to balance the left and right audio outputs is similar to the audio circuit 450D.

・Parts arrangement schematic diagram 3
22(c) is a component layout schematic diagram 3 showing the layout of the components of the audio circuit 450F shown in FIG. 21(f). The audio circuit 450F is the same as the audio circuit 450D shown in FIG. 22(a) in relation A, relation B, relation C, and relation D, and therefore a description thereof will be omitted. By adopting such a layout,
The ability to balance the left and right audio outputs is similar to the audio circuit 450D.

Audio circuit 450F differs from audio circuit 450D in the placement of the Zobel filter. That is, the Zobel filter of audio circuit 450F is placed on the input side compared to the LC filter, between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the LC filter. However, because the signal wiring passes through the inner layers of the board, the flow of the audio signal is the same as in audio circuit 450D: audio amplifier IC 418 → LC filter → Zobel filter → connector.

The left and right Zobel filters have the same or nearly the same component positional relationships (arranged from left to right in the order of capacitor C, resistor). In other words, by aligning the positions of the components of the Zobel filters for the left and right outputs (positions where the filter is applied), oscillation and noise caused by the load are equalized.

・Parts arrangement schematic diagram 4
FIG. 22(d) is a component layout schematic diagram 4 showing the layout of the components of an audio circuit 450G. The audio circuit 450G shows a case in which an electrolytic capacitor EC is placed between the coils L of the LC filter. In the audio circuit 450 shown in FIGS. 22(a) to 22(c), the electrolytic capacitor EC is placed below the audio amplifier IC 418, but it may also be placed separately in the area of the LC filter. The audio circuit 450G makes it possible to achieve space savings in the audio circuit.

Furthermore, when the audio amplifier IC418 is used as the reference, the LC filters are not arranged in line symmetry or approximately line symmetry with respect to the audio amplifier IC418. However, the arrangement of the left and right LC filters (coil L and capacitor C) is symmetrical (the coil L and capacitor C are arranged in line symmetry or approximately line symmetry with the midpoint between the coils L as the reference), so the position where the filter effect is applied is aligned, making the filter effect uniform on the left and right, and achieving consistent sound quality.

In Figure 22(d), the audio amplifier IC 418 is positioned off-center to one side, and the audio circuit 450G is positioned asymmetrically, but this is not limiting. The audio amplifier 418 may also be positioned in a line-symmetric or nearly line-symmetrical manner with respect to the imaginary extension line VL that divides the audio amplifier 418 into left and right halves as the axis of symmetry.

・Parts arrangement schematic diagram 5
Fig. 23(a) is a component layout schematic diagram 5 showing the layout of the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L of the LC filter of the audio circuit 450H. That is, Fig. 23(a) shows the positional relationship of Relationship B, and also shows the position of the output terminal of the audio amplifier IC 418.

As shown in the diagram on the right, the output terminals of the audio amplifier IC 418 are located on the left and right sides of the rectangular audio amplifier IC 418. Therefore, the coil L and capacitor C of the LC filter are aligned (since the connection ports are located in the longitudinal direction of the rectangular coil L and capacitor C, they are aligned with their longitudinal direction running vertically) and are positioned so that the length of the wiring between the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L, and the length of the wiring between the coil L and capacitor C, is minimized.

In relationship B, the audio amplifier IC418 is located on the input side and the coil L is located on the output side of the left and right LC filters, respectively, with the left and right coils L being located equidistant or approximately equidistant from the audio amplifier IC418. The audio amplifier IC418 and the left and right LC filters are also located on a straight line in the left-right direction, with the audio amplifier IC418 located midway or approximately midway between the left and right LC filters. The left and right LC filters are then located in positions that are line-symmetric or approximately line-symmetric with respect to an imaginary extension line VL that bisects the audio amplifier 418 left and right.

In this way, by arranging the components related to audio output on one side of the audio amplifier IC 418, as shown in Figures 22(a) to (d), the signal wiring related to audio output can be laid out efficiently, preventing redundant signal wiring from acting as an antenna or introducing noise before it reaches the connector.

・Parts arrangement schematic diagram 6
23(b) is a component layout schematic diagram 6 showing the layout of the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L of the LC filter of the audio circuit 450I. That is, FIG. 23(b) shows the positional relationship of Relationship B, and also shows the position of the output terminal of the audio amplifier IC 418.

As shown in the diagram on the right, the output terminals of the audio amplifier IC 418 are located on the top and bottom sides of the rectangular audio amplifier IC 418 (rotated 90 degrees clockwise from the audio amplifier IC 418 shown in Figure 23(a)). Meanwhile, the orientation of the LC filter coil and capacitor C is the same as that of the LC filter coil L and capacitor C shown in Figure 23(a), with their longitudinal directions aligned vertically. Therefore, as shown in the diagram on the right, the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L are connected by L-shaped wiring, and are positioned so that the wiring lengths between the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L, and between the coil L and capacitor C, are minimized.

In relationship B, the audio amplifier IC418 is located on the input side and the coil L is located on the output side of the left and right LC filters, respectively, with the left and right coils L being located equidistant or approximately equidistant from the audio amplifier IC418. The audio amplifier IC418 and the left and right LC filters are also located on a diagonal straight line, with the audio amplifier IC418 located midway or approximately midway between the left and right LC filters. The left and right LC filters are then located in point-symmetric or approximately point-symmetric positions with respect to the audio amplifier 418.

As shown in Figure 23(a), the LC filter may be arranged on a diagonal straight line with the output terminal of the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L facing each other. In this case, the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L are connected by an L-shaped wiring. As shown in Figures 23(a) and 23(b), by distributing the left output coil L and the right output coil L to the left and right (or up and down) as viewed from the audio amplifier IC 418, this configuration prevents components from being crowded together and allows for a larger area for the solid patterns formed between components, thereby suppressing heat generation (improving heat dissipation efficiency), compared to arranging components related to audio output to one side as viewed from the audio amplifier IC 418, as shown in Figures 22(a) to (d).

Furthermore, while the positional relationship and arrangement range between stereo output audio circuits each having two coils L have been shown as an example, the positional relationship between components such as the audio amplifier IC 418, coil L, and capacitor C may be the same or approximately the same between the stereo output audio circuit and the monaural output audio circuit. For example, the coil L constituting the LC filter may be disposed between the capacitor C constituting the LC filter and the audio amplifier IC 418, or the coil C constituting the LC filter may be disposed between the coil L constituting the LC filter and the audio amplifier IC 418. These may also be the same or approximately the same positional relationship between the stereo output audio circuit and the monaural output audio circuit, and the coil L and capacitor C constituting the LC filter may be arranged in line symmetry or approximately line symmetry with respect to the audio amplifier IC 418.

Furthermore, the first positional relationship, second positional relationship, third positional relationship, fourth positional relationship, fifth positional relationship, etc. illustrated in Figures 20 and 21 may be the same or approximately the same for a stereo output audio circuit and a mono output audio circuit.
For example, the positional relationship in which at least a portion of the coil L is disposed between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the capacitor C constituting the LC filter may be the same or substantially the same between the stereo output audio circuit and the monaural output audio circuit. Furthermore, the position of the LC filter may be reversed, and the positional relationship in which at least a portion of the capacitor C constituting the LC filter is disposed between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L may be the same or substantially the same between the stereo output audio circuit and the monaural output audio circuit. Furthermore, if a layout in which the arrangement direction of the audio signal output terminal of the audio amplifier IC 418 is orthogonal and/or parallel to the longitudinal direction of the coil L is defined as a first positional relationship, this positional relationship may be the same or substantially the same between the stereo output audio circuit and the monaural output audio circuit. As a second positional relationship (or a fourth positional relationship), focusing on the audio amplifier IC 418 and the capacitor C, if a layout in which the capacitor C is located between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L or a layout in which the coil L is located between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the capacitor C is defined as the second positional relationship, this positional relationship may be the same or approximately the same between the stereo output audio circuit and the monaural output audio circuit. As a third positional relationship (or a fifth positional relationship), focusing on the coil L and the capacitor C, if a layout in which the capacitor C is located between the coil L and the audio amplifier IC 418 or a layout in which the capacitor C is located between the coil L and the connector CN is defined as the third positional relationship, this positional relationship may be the same or approximately the same between the stereo output audio circuit and the monaural output audio circuit.

Note that while the illustration shows components such as the audio amplifier IC 418, coil L, and capacitor C arranged on the same surface (front surface), certain of these components (for example, capacitor C) may be arranged on the back surface of the board, or may be arranged in the same or approximately the same positional relationship or range in multiple audio circuits, including the back surface of the board. Furthermore, capacitor C and resistor R are not limited to components that make up the filter circuit, but may also be other capacitors C and resistors R that are connected to the audio amplifier IC 418 other than the filter circuit, thereby making it possible to make the performance of the audio amplifier IC 418 uniform or approximately uniform across multiple audio circuits.

Wiring Pattern Schematic Diagram FIG. 23( c) is a wiring pattern schematic diagram showing the pattern width of the signal line passing through the coil L of the LC filter of the audio circuit 450J. In the audio circuit 450J, the pattern width of the audio signal line on the input side (audio amplifier IC 418 side) and the output side (connector side) of the coil L is the same or approximately the same. Specifically, a pattern width of approximately 1.5 mm is preferable. Considering the voltage drop of the coil L, the pattern width on the output side may be narrower than the pattern width on the input side. However, making the pattern width the same or approximately the same as the pattern width on the input side can reduce the resistance value of the wiring and reduce power loss. However, simply making the wiring on the output side thicker can hinder the wiring layout, so the pattern width of the audio signal line on the output side is made the same or approximately the same as the pattern width of the audio signal line on the input side.

This configuration reduces power loss due to wiring resistance while ensuring stable signal transmission between the output and input sides. Furthermore, by arranging the wiring so that the left and right outputs are line-symmetrical or nearly line-symmetrical, audio output can be made uniform between the left and right outputs.

Note that Figure 23(c) shows a schematic diagram of a wiring pattern for two LC filters, i.e., stereo output. However, even in a wiring pattern for mono output, which is composed of one LC filter, the pattern width of the audio signal line on the output side of coil L may be the same or approximately the same as the pattern width of the audio signal line on the input side. Even in this case, power loss due to wiring resistance can be reduced, while stable signal transmission can be achieved between the output and input sides.

Also, the audio signal line as shown in FIG. 23(c) may be arranged on the same layer (surface layer) from the audio amplifier IC to the connector, or on an inner or back layer of the board. Alternatively, the audio signal line may be arranged on different layers from the audio amplifier IC to the connector, with some portions of the audio signal line being arranged on the surface layer and other portions being arranged on inner or back layers. For example, as described below, between the audio amplifier IC and the LC filter (between the audio amplifier IC and the coil L, or between the audio amplifier IC and the capacitor C), the audio signal line may be formed on a layer different from the layer on which the audio amplifier IC is arranged, and between the LC filter (coil L or capacitor C) and the connector, the audio signal line may be formed on the same layer on which the LC filter's output-side components and the connector are arranged. However, before and after the filter circuit (for example, after passing through the LC filter in the audio signal output direction, and up to the Zobel filter in the back electromotive force direction from the speaker), it is preferable to lay the audio signal wiring to the connector on the same layer without using an interlayer conductive hole such as a via. This prevents distortion of the audio signal waveform due to changes in characteristic impedance caused by passing through an interlayer conductive hole, and stabilizes the audio signal from after the filter to the connector. In other words, laying the audio signal wiring on the same layer without using an interlayer conductive hole in the path from the audio circuit (LC filter and/or Zobel filter) to the connector stabilizes the audio signal. Note that this configuration is not limited to one audio circuit, and a similar configuration can be used for multiple audio circuits.

Furthermore, when considering the characteristic impedance of the signal wiring, the region from the audio amplifier IC to the coil L and/or the region around the audio amplifier IC has a different number (density) of interlayer conductive holes and heat dissipation vias, such as vias (blind vias) and through holes, compared to the region from the coil L to the connector and/or the region around the connector. The latter region has fewer (lower) interlayer conductive holes and heat dissipation vias than the former. This is because the presence of interlayer conductive holes changes the characteristic impedance. By reducing (lowering) the number (density) of interlayer conductive holes and heat dissipation vias in the region from the coil L to the connector and/or the region around the connector compared to the region from the audio amplifier IC to the coil L and/or the region around the audio amplifier IC, changes in characteristic impedance can be suppressed, resulting in a more stable signal waveform. Furthermore, because the connection between the signal wiring and the connector terminal connected to the signal wiring is also a point where the characteristic impedance changes, changes in characteristic impedance can be suppressed as much as possible all the way to the connector. Furthermore, with this configuration, the area of the solid pattern (solid ground) in the area from the coil L to the connector and/or the area around the connector is larger than the area from the audio amplifier IC to the coil L and/or the area around the audio amplifier IC, thereby promoting heat dissipation. Note that this configuration is not limited to one audio circuit, and may be similarly configured for multiple audio circuits.

<Silk marking>
Figure 24 is a diagram explaining the silkscreen marking of the first sub-control board 401A shown in Figure 15. Silkscreen marking is a marking of the necessary logo and text points on the surface of the printed circuit board, and is used to make it easier to assemble and inspect the parts.

The enlarged view of the central portion of the board shown in Figure 24 shows the silkscreen markings of the audio circuit 451A for the upper speaker 272 and the audio circuit 451B for the middle speaker 275. Silkscreen marking 801 indicating the position of the coil L of the audio circuit 451A and silkscreen marking 802 indicating the position of the coil L of the audio circuit 451B are rectangular frame lines indicating the outer contours of the coil L, and the frame lines are formed slightly larger so that they extend slightly outside the size of the coil L. This is to make it possible to clearly visually check whether the coil L is placed in the appropriate position.

Silk characters 803 (e.g., "L242" and "L243") indicating the two coils L of audio circuit 451A and silk characters 804 (e.g., "L239" and "L118") indicating the two coils L of audio circuit 451B are component identification characters indicating component numbers. Silk characters 803 and 804 are arranged in a straight line in accordance with the arrangement of audio circuits 451A and 451B (see the dotted lines on silk characters 803 and 804). In other words, if the imaginary line connecting the midpoints of three or more coils L in the short direction is a straight line, silk characters 803 and 804 are also arranged in a straight line.

By arranging the silk characters 803 and 804 in a straight line in this way, the silk character corresponding to the coil L can be quickly identified even between different speakers 272 and 275 (audio circuits 451A and 451B).

Note that while Figure 24 shows multiple coils L and silk characters arranged in the vertical direction, the same applies if multiple coils L and silk characters are arranged in the horizontal direction.

Note that L242 is the coil L (left coil L) for the left output of the upper speaker 272, L243 is the coil L (right coil L) for the right output of the upper speaker 272, L118 is the coil L (left coil L) for the left output of the middle speaker 275, and L239 is the coil L (right coil L) for the right output of the middle speaker 275.

In this example, as shown in Figure 24, no silkscreen letters are placed between the left and right coils L of the same audio circuit 451. For example, no silkscreen letters are placed between the two silkscreen letters 803 (specifically, between L242 and L243) or between the two silkscreen letters 804 (specifically, between L118 and L239). This is because if silkscreen letters were placed between the left and right coils L, they would be cast in the shadows of the coils L, reducing visibility. Not placing silkscreen letters between the left and right coils makes inspection and manufacturing easier.

Note that while Figure 24 shows multiple coils L and silk characters arranged in the vertical direction, the same applies if multiple coils L and silk characters are arranged in the horizontal direction.

Note that in Figure 24, no silkscreen characters are placed between audio circuits 451A and 451B (specifically, between the coil L representing L242 and the coil L representing L239). However, silkscreen characters may be placed between different audio circuits 451. This is because the spacing is wide and does not result in a decrease in visibility.

Furthermore, the enlarged view of the audio amplifier IC 418 shown in Figure 24 is a perspective view seen from above. Therefore, the shape of the holes (thermal vias) formed in the substrate for heat dissipation for the audio amplifier IC 418 is also shown. As shown in Figure 24, even for different audio circuits 451, the shape of the thermal vias, i.e., the number, shape, and position of the holes, are the same or approximately the same. This ensures that the heat generation efficiency of the audio amplifier IC 418 is the same or approximately the same, even for different audio circuits 451, thereby achieving uniform performance for the audio amplifier IC 418.

<Ventilation hole>
25(a) to 25(c) are diagrams illustrating the ventilation holes 405 provided in the board case 403 of the first sub-control board 401 shown in FIG. 12(a). FIG. 25(a) is a top view of the first sub-control board 401, illustrating the position of the ventilation holes 405. FIG. 25(b) is a portion of a cross-sectional view taken along line Y1-Y1 in FIG. 25(a), and FIG. 25(c) is a portion of a cross-sectional view taken along line Y2-Y2 in FIG. 25(a). In the following description of FIG. 25, the +X direction shown in FIG. 25 is the right, the −X direction is the left, the +Y direction is the top (top of the paper), the −Y direction is the bottom (bottom of the paper), the +Z direction is the vertical top (top in the height direction perpendicular to the paper), and the −Z direction is the vertical bottom (bottom in the height direction perpendicular to the paper).

Because the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L generate a large amount of heat, ventilation holes 405 are provided in the board case 403 that covers the first sub-control board 401 near the audio amplifier IC 418 or coil L. The ventilation holes 405 include ventilation holes 405b, 405c, 405e, and 405f (collectively referred to as upper ventilation holes 405) formed on the top surface of the board case 403, and ventilation holes 405a and 405d (collectively referred to as diagonal ventilation holes 405) formed across the top and side surfaces. Both the upper ventilation hole 405 and the diagonal ventilation hole 405 are rectangular openings with their longitudinal axis extending left-to-right.

More specifically, as shown in FIG. 25(a), ventilation hole 405b is located between two coils L of audio circuit 450A, ventilation hole 405c is located between two coils L of audio circuit 450B, ventilation hole 405e is located between two coils L of audio circuit 450C, and ventilation hole 405f is located at the position of one coil L of audio circuit 450D. Furthermore, ventilation hole 405a is formed on the top and side surfaces of board case 403 near (above) audio circuit 450A, and ventilation hole 405d is formed on the top and side surfaces of board case 403 near (above) audio circuit 450C.

Ventilation holes 405b, 405c, 405e, and 405f have the same or nearly the same shape, and in audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C, which are provided with ventilation holes 405b, 405c, and 405e, the positional relationship between ventilation hole 405 and coil L is also the same or nearly the same. In other words, even for different stereo audio circuits 450, by arranging the two coils L in symmetrical or nearly symmetrical positions with respect to ventilation hole 405, the distances from the two coils L to ventilation hole 405 are the same or nearly the same. This makes it possible to achieve uniform heat dissipation efficiency even for different stereo audio circuits 450.

The relationship between the components of the audio circuit 450 and the ventilation holes 405 will be explained in detail using Figures 25(b) and (c). Here, Figure 25(b) shows ventilation holes 405a and 405b provided above the board case 403, and Figure 25(c) shows ventilation holes 405d and 405e provided above the board case 403.

As shown in Figures 25(b) and (c), within the same audio circuit 450, the distances to the upper ventilation holes 405 (the shortest distance between the coil L and the ventilation holes) for the two coils L are the same or approximately the same. This allows the two coils L to dissipate heat to a uniform degree. Furthermore, the distances to the board case 403 (specifically, the surface of the board case 403 facing the top surface of the coil L) for the two coils L (the shortest distance between the coil L and the surface of the board case 403 facing the top surface of the coil L) are also the same or approximately the same.

Furthermore, the distance from the coil L to the upper ventilation hole 405 is the same or approximately the same between different audio circuits 450, and the distance from the coil L to the diagonal ventilation hole 405 is also the same or approximately the same. This allows the degree of heat dissipation from the coil L to be uniform between different audio circuits 450. Furthermore, the heat passage area from the coil L to the ventilation hole 405 in each audio circuit 450 (in other words, the degree of overlap between the coil L and the ventilation hole 405, shown by the shaded area in the figure) is also designed to be the same or approximately the same.

In addition, the distances from the audio amplifier IC 418, electrolytic capacitor EC, and capacitor C to the upper ventilation holes 405 are the same or approximately the same between different audio circuits 450, and the distances from the audio amplifier IC 418, electrolytic capacitor EC, and capacitor C to the diagonal ventilation holes 405 are also the same or approximately the same. This makes it possible to uniform the degree of heat dissipation from the audio amplifier IC 418 and other components, even between different audio circuits 450.

Furthermore, the distances from certain components constituting the audio circuit 450 (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418, coil L, electrolytic capacitor EC, capacitor C, etc.) to the board case 403 (specifically, the surface of the board case 403 facing the top surfaces of the audio amplifier IC 418, coil L, electrolytic capacitor EC, and capacitor C) are the same or approximately the same between different audio circuits 450.

As shown in Figure 25(a), the distance t1 between the two coils L in audio circuit 450A is less than the distance t2 between the lower coil L in audio circuit 450A and the upper coil L in audio circuit 450B. In other words, the distance between coils L within the same audio circuit 450 (the distance between paired coils L in the same audio circuit) is shorter than the distance between coils L in different audio circuits 450 (the distance between adjacent coils L in different audio circuits). This makes it easier to distinguish between audio circuits 450 and prevents heat-generating components from being crowded together.

Figure 26(a) is a diagram illustrating a modified example of the ventilation hole 405 provided in the board case 403. Figure 26(a) is a top view of the first sub-control board 401, showing the positions of the ventilation hole 405g and ventilation hole group 405h.

Ventilation hole 405g is a single ventilation hole formed across audio circuits 450A and 450B. In other words, a single ventilation hole may be provided corresponding to the positions of multiple components of multiple audio circuits 450. Ventilation hole 405g is an opening that contributes to heat dissipation from the coil L and audio amplifier IC 418 of audio circuit 450A, and the coil L and audio amplifier IC 418 of audio circuit 450B.

Note that although the ventilation hole 405g is configured to span the coils L of the audio circuits 450A and 450B, it may also be configured to span other components; for example, the ventilation hole 405g may be configured to span the audio amplifier IC 418.

The ventilation hole group 405h is composed of multiple ventilation holes formed across the audio circuits 450C and 450D. That is, multiple ventilation holes may be provided corresponding to the positions of multiple components of the multiple audio circuits 450. Specifically, each ventilation hole in the ventilation hole group 405h is provided corresponding to the position of the coil L and audio amplifier IC 418 of the audio circuit 450C, and the coil L and audio amplifier IC 418 of the audio circuit 450D. As a result, the ventilation hole group 405h serves as an opening that contributes to heat dissipation from the coil L and audio amplifier IC 418 of the audio circuit 450C, and the coil L and audio amplifier IC 418 of the audio circuit 450D.

Furthermore, the ventilation holes in ventilation hole group 405h include three ventilation holes (ventilation hole 405h1, ventilation hole 405h2, ventilation hole 405h3) corresponding to the three coils L (coil L1, coil L2, coil L3), but the positional relationship (degree of overlap) between each coil L and each ventilation hole may differ from one another. For example, ventilation hole 405h1 is positioned so as to face coil L1 almost directly, while ventilation hole 405h2 is offset upward from coil L2 and ventilation hole 405h3 is offset downward from coil L3. However, the shortest distance from each coil L to its corresponding ventilation hole (the shortest distance between coil L1 and ventilation hole 405h1, the shortest distance between coil L2 and ventilation hole 405h2, and the shortest distance between coil L3 and ventilation hole 405h3) is all the same or approximately the same, and even if the positional relationship between the components and the ventilation holes is different, by making the shortest distance from the components to the ventilation holes the same, significant differences in heat dissipation effect are prevented. Note that the positional relationship between the components and the ventilation holes may be the same or approximately the same for similar components, which allows for a more uniform heat dissipation effect.

<Modifications regarding heat dissipation>
FIG. 26(b) is an explanatory diagram of the board case 403A of the first sub-control board 401. FIG. 26(b) shows a portion of the cross-section taken along line Y1-Y1 in FIG. 26(a). The board case 403A is a lid with an L-shaped step formed on the side. Specifically, one side of the board case 403A has a sidewall SW2 formed at the bottom, while a sidewall SW1 is formed at the top, closer to the center of the first sub-control board 401 than the sidewall SW2. That is, the sidewall SW1 is formed to reduce the distance to the coil L of the audio circuit 450A. This reduces the distance between the coil L, which serves as a heat source, and the sidewall SW1 of the board case 403A, thereby improving the heat dissipation effect to the outside via the sidewall SW1. Note that while thermal vias are shown as holes for dissipating heat from the IC (heat dissipation through-holes), thermal through-holes may also be used.

Note that Figure 26(b) illustrates side walls SW1 and SW2 with L-shaped steps formed on the longitudinal side surfaces (along the side surfaces of one coil L) of rectangular board case 403A, but side walls SW1 and SW2 with L-shaped steps formed on the lateral side surfaces (along the side surfaces of two coils L) of rectangular board case 403A may also be provided. Figure 26(c) shows board case 403B in which side wall SW1 is formed to reduce the distance to coil L of audio circuit 450C. This reduces the distance between the two coils L, which act as heat sources, and side wall SW1 of board case 403B, thereby improving the heat dissipation effect to the outside via side wall SW1.

In this way, the side wall of the board case 403 may be placed close to a component (e.g., coil L) that serves as a heat source for the audio circuit 450, which is located at the end of the first sub-control board 401.

Others: In FIG. 25(a), the orientation (positive and negative pole orientation) of the electrolytic capacitors EC provided in the audio circuits 450 is the same between different audio circuits 450, so the lengths of the wiring can be made the same or approximately the same, and the functions of the bypass capacitors can be made uniform.

Figure 25(d) is an external perspective view of the audio circuit 450B as seen from above in direction A. The two coils L and four capacitors C within the audio circuit 450B are aligned (the longitudinal directions of the coils L and capacitors C are aligned vertically). This minimizes the wiring length of the LC filter. Furthermore, the printed surfaces of the two coils, on which the coil constant (e.g., the number 220) 805 is printed, are aligned so that they face the same direction. That is, of the two coils L, the printing on one coil L faces the outside of the board, and the printing on the other coil L faces the inside of the board (the printed surfaces of the two coils L do not both face the inside of the board and are opposite each other). This allows the constant of one of the coils L to be visually recognized, ensuring that the visibility of the coil L's rating is not impaired.

This configuration in which the printed surfaces on which the coil constant 805 is printed face in the same direction is also the same for audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C, which are stereo output audio circuits. Also, in audio circuit D, which is a mono output audio circuit, the orientation of coil L is the same as for audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C, which are stereo output audio circuits, and the layout can be done without having to make the positive and negative audio signal lines take a detour.

As described above, Figures 25 and 26 show an example in which the audio circuit 450 is located closer to the edge of the board than the CPU 404, but this is not limiting. For example, even if the board does not have a CPU 404, the audio circuit 450 may be located closer to the edge than the center of the board.

<Thermal via>
FIG. 27(a) is a diagram illustrating the arrangement of holes (thermal vias) TV for heat dissipation for the audio amplifier IC 418 provided on the first sub-control board 401. Like FIG. 12(a), FIG. 27(a) is a top view of the first sub-control board 401, illustrating the component layout of the audio circuit 450 around the audio amplifier IC 418, but the audio amplifier IC 418 is shown as a perspective view from above. Therefore, FIG. 27(a) illustrates the arrangement of holes (thermal vias) TV for heat dissipation formed on the board directly below the audio amplifier IC 418. In FIG. 27, the +X direction shown in FIG. 27 is the right, the −X direction is the left, the +Y direction is the top, and the −Y direction is the bottom.

As shown in FIG. 27(a), the thermal vias TV formed in each of the audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C have the same or approximately the same arrangement (e.g., number, arrangement position, pitch between thermal vias, etc.). This allows the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifier IC 418 in each audio circuit 450 to be the same or approximately the same. In other words, the IC performance of the audio amplifier IC 418 in each audio circuit 450 can be made uniform. Note that during the board manufacturing process, it is expected that solder will flow into one of the thermal vias TV (solder leakage). However, in this embodiment, if the number, arrangement position, and pitch between thermal vias of the thermal vias TV are the same or approximately the same, the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifier IC 418 can be made uniform in each audio circuit.

Although not shown, the audio signal lines from connector CN1 and connector CN3 to each speaker (upper left speaker 272a, upper right speaker 272b, center left speaker 275a, center right speaker 275b, lower left speaker 277a, lower left speaker 277b) have the same or approximately the same length for positive and negative poles. This allows balance to be maintained between positive and negative poles. Furthermore, the audio signal lines for harnesses connected to left and right speakers of the same type (e.g., the left and right of upper speaker 272, the left and right of center speaker 275, and the left and right of lower speaker 277) are also the same or approximately the same length. Specifically, the lengths from connector CN1 or CN3 to the relay board are the same or approximately the same, but the lengths from the relay board to the speaker may differ. This allows left-right balance to be maintained to the extent feasible.

<Interlayer Conduction Hole>
Fig. 27(b) is a diagram illustrating the path of the audio signal line between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L in the audio circuit 450A shown in Fig. 27(a). Fig. 27(b) shows a part of the X-X cross section of Fig. 27(a).

The audio signal line connecting the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L is connected via a via (interlayer conductive hole) VA. Note that the configuration in which audio signal lines are connected via a via VA is similar in other audio circuits. More specifically, as shown in Figure 27(b), the audio signal line SL connected to the audio output terminal 418A of the audio amplifier IC 418 passes through a via VA that penetrates from the first layer to the second layer, and then passes through the second layer to be connected to the coil L. In the first layer in the area where the audio signal line SL is formed on the second layer, a solid GND (hereinafter also referred to as a separate GND for heat dissipation) that is wider than the audio signal line SL and wider than the diameter of the via VA is formed in the area near the audio amplifier IC 418 (the area between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L). Furthermore, by making the area of this solid GND as large as possible, the heat dissipation effect from the solid GND is improved, and to prevent it from being separated by signal lines, etc., the audio signal line SL is formed on the second layer in the thickness direction of the area where the solid GND is formed.

In the illustrated example, a solid GND is formed between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L, but this is not limiting. A solid GND may be formed around the audio amplifier IC 418 (either the entire periphery of the IC or only a portion of it), or a solid GND may be formed around the coil L (either the entire periphery of the coil or only a portion of it). The solid GND shown is formed integrally in the area BD, but this is not limiting. In reality, in addition to the components that make up the LC filter and Zobel filter of this embodiment, capacitors that serve as bypass capacitors for the audio amplifier IC, test points, other signal wiring, and power supply wiring are also formed around the audio amplifier IC. Therefore, instead of a solid GND formed integrally in the area BD as shown, a solid GND is formed in a dispersed manner. Therefore, by forming the audio signal line through a via VA so as not to divide the solid GND formed on the side where the audio output terminal of the audio amplifier IC 418 is located, or the solid GND formed in the direction in which the audio signal line SL is drawn from the audio amplifier IC 418 towards the coil L, it is possible to ensure as much surface area as possible for the solid GND, thereby preventing a decrease in the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L.

In this way, by placing the wiring pattern between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L on the inner layer (second layer), a large heat dissipation solid GND area BD on the surface layer (first layer) can be secured, thereby improving the heat dissipation effect of the audio amplifier IC and coil L without compromising the heat dissipation effect of the surface layer (first layer).

In the illustrated example, the audio signal line SL is formed on the first layer with a short wiring length from the audio output terminal 418A and connected to the coil L via a via VA, but this is not limited to this. The audio signal line SL may be formed on the second layer without extending the wiring from the audio output terminal 418A to the first layer, or the audio signal line SL may be formed on the first layer again via a via VA near the coil L and connected to the terminal of the coil L.

In addition, the height gap w1 between the coil L and the first sub-control board 401 (first layer) is lower than the height w2 of the capacitor C (w1 < w2). Therefore, even if the capacitor C becomes detached due to poor soldering or the like, the capacitor C will not enter between the coil L and the first sub-control board 401 (first layer), preventing the possibility of the capacitor C shorting out the coil L.

In the example shown in Figure 27(a), the interlayer conductive holes are described as vias, but they may also be through holes or through-hole vias.

<Audio circuit for woofer>
Fig. 27(c) is a layout diagram of the components of the woofer audio circuit 450D shown in Fig. 27(a). The audio circuit 450D roughly includes an audio amplifier IC 418, one coil L, multiple resistors R, multiple capacitors C, and an electrolytic capacitor EC within a certain area RA. The audio circuit 450D has one coil L because the woofer is a monaural output speaker.

Note that area RA is the same or nearly the same not only for audio circuit 450D, which produces mono output, but also for audio circuits 450A-C, which produce stereo output. Both the mono output audio circuits and the stereo output audio circuits are arranged within the same or nearly the same range, preventing significant differences in the balance between positive and negative poles relative to the speaker. Furthermore, because the components related to audio output are arranged within the same or nearly the same range, significant differences in heat dissipation efficiency can also be prevented. Note that the positional relationship and arrangement range of the components that make up the audio circuits may be the same or nearly the same between different mono output circuits.

In the audio circuit 450D, at least a portion of the audio amplifier IC 418 is included in the area between the imaginary extension line L1 indicating the upper end of the coil L and the imaginary extension line L2 indicating the lower end of the coil L. Furthermore, the audio amplifier IC 418 is positioned so that at least a portion of the coil L is included in the area between the imaginary extension line L3 indicating the upper end of the audio amplifier IC 418 and the imaginary extension line L4 indicating the lower end of the audio amplifier IC 418.

Furthermore, the coil L is arranged so that at least a portion thereof is included between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the capacitor Ca that constitutes the LC filter, and the coil L is arranged so that at least a portion thereof is included between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the capacitor Cb that constitutes the LC filter. Note that the arrangement of the LC filter may be reversed, so that at least a portion thereof is included between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L and at least a portion thereof is included between the audio amplifier IC 418 and the coil L.

In addition, the coil L, resistor R, and capacitor C are arranged in positions that are linearly symmetrical or nearly linearly symmetrical with respect to an imaginary extension line L0 that divides the audio amplifier IC418 into upper and lower halves. This makes it possible to equalize the lengths of the positive and negative audio signal lines in the mono output, thereby maintaining balance between the positive and negative poles of the mono output.

In this way, on the first sub-control board 401 shown in Figure 27(a), the coil L, resistor R, and capacitor C of the stereo output audio circuits 450A, B, and C, as well as the mono output audio circuit 450D, are arranged so that they are linearly symmetrical with respect to an imaginary extension line that divides the audio amplifier IC 418 into upper and lower halves.

The relative positions of these components are the same or nearly the same between audio circuits 450A-C, which are stereo output audio circuits, and audio circuit D, which is a mono output audio circuit. Specifically, at least a portion of coil L is located between audio amplifier IC 418 and capacitor C, which constitutes the LC filter (alternatively, at least a portion of capacitor C may be located between audio amplifier IC 418 and capacitor L, which constitutes the LC filter), and at least a portion of capacitor C and resistor R, which constitute the Zobel filter, are located between audio amplifier IC 418 and coil L (alternatively, at least a portion of capacitor C and resistor R, which constitute the Zobel filter, may be located between the LC filter), and the relative positions of these components are the same or nearly the same. This allows for uniform performance (filter effectiveness) of the LC filter and Zobel filter.

<Summary of additional items>
Component Arrangement of Monaural Circuit (1-1) As described above, according to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuit paths (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit path (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450D) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are disposed in a positional relationship such that at least a portion of the second component is included between the first component and the third component (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) );
the first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a stereo output and has a plurality of second components;
the second audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a mono output and has one second component;
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 27(a) ),
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in a region between an imaginary extension of one end of the one second component and an imaginary extension of the other end of the one second component (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
This is referred to as the first basic configuration A.

Furthermore, according to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450D) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are disposed in a positional relationship such that at least a portion of the third component is included between the first component and the second component (for example, as shown in FIG. 22( b ) and the like);
the first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a stereo output and has a plurality of second components;
the second audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a mono output and has one second component;
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 27(a) ),
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in a region between an imaginary extension of one end of the one second component and an imaginary extension of the other end of the one second component (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
This is referred to as the first basic configuration B.

The first basic configurations A and B enable stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, in the first audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, and in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative electrodes of the first component and second components can be balanced.

(1-2) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuit paths (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit path (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450D) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are disposed in a positional relationship such that at least a portion of the second component is included between the first component and the third component,
(For example, FIG. 27(a) etc.)
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each include:
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship;
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the third component is a capacitor;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit
A filter circuit including the coil and the capacitor (for example, FIG. 27(a) ),
the first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a stereo output and has a plurality of second components;
the second audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a mono output and has one second component;
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in a region between an imaginary extension of one end of the one second component and an imaginary extension of the other end of the one second component (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
This is referred to as the second basic configuration A.

Furthermore, according to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450D) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are disposed in a positional relationship such that at least a portion of the third component is included between the first component and the second component (for example, as shown in FIG. 22( b ) and the like);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each include:
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship;
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the third component is a capacitor;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit include a filter circuit using the coil and the capacitor (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a stereo output and has a plurality of second components;
the second audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a mono output and has one second component;
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in a region between an imaginary extension of one end of the one second component and an imaginary extension of the other end of the one second component (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
This is referred to as the second basic configuration B.

The second basic configurations A and B enable stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, by roughly equalizing noise reduction, stable audio output is possible, and in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative electrodes of the first and second components can be balanced.

(1-3) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450D) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
the first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within a range that is the same as or substantially the same as a predetermined range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) );
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each include:
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship;
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the third component is a capacitor;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit
A filter circuit including the coil and the capacitor (for example, FIG. 27(a) ),
the first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a stereo output and has a plurality of second components;
the second audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a mono output and has one second component;
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in a region between an imaginary extension of one end of the one second component and an imaginary extension of the other end of the one second component (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
This is the third basic configuration.

The third basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, by roughly equalizing noise reduction, audio can be output stably, and in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative electrodes of the first and second components can be balanced.

(1-4) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
the first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within a range that is the same as or substantially the same as a predetermined range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) );
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a stereo output and has a plurality of second components;
the second audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a mono output and has one second component;
At least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in a region between an imaginary extension of one end edge of the one second component and an imaginary extension of the other end edge opposite to the one end edge (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
This is the fourth basic configuration.

The fourth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents the magnetic field from the audio circuits from affecting other components, and in the second audio circuit, it is possible to balance the lengths of the positive and negative wiring patterns of the first and second components.

(1-5) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuit paths (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit path (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are disposed in a positional relationship such that at least a portion of the second component is included between the first component and the third component (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) );
the first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a stereo output and has a plurality of second components;
the second audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a mono output and has one second component;
No components are mounted in the areas defined by the spaces between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in a region between an imaginary extension of one end of the one second component and an imaginary extension of the other end of the one second component (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
This is referred to as the fifth basic configuration A.

Furthermore, according to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450D) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are disposed in a positional relationship such that at least a portion of the third component is included between the first component and the second component (for example, as shown in FIG. 22( b ) and the like);
the first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a stereo output and has a plurality of second components;
the second audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a mono output and has one second component;
No components are mounted in the areas defined by the spaces between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in a region between an imaginary extension of one end of the one second component and an imaginary extension of the other end of the one second component (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
This is referred to as the fifth basic configuration B.

The fifth basic configurations A and B enable stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, in the first audio circuit, the effects of heat generated by the second component on other components can be prevented, and in the second audio circuit, the lengths of the positive and negative wiring patterns of the first and second components can be balanced.

(1-6) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuit paths (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit path (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450D) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are disposed in a positional relationship such that at least a portion of the second component is included between the first component and the third component,
(For example, FIG. 27(a) etc.)
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each include:
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship;
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the third component is a capacitor;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit
A filter circuit including the coil and the capacitor (for example, FIG. 27(a) ),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
the first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a stereo output and has a plurality of second components;
the second audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a mono output and has one second component;
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in a region between an imaginary extension of one end of the one second component and an imaginary extension of the other end of the one second component (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
This is referred to as the sixth basic configuration A.

Furthermore, according to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450D) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are disposed in a positional relationship such that at least a portion of the third component is included between the first component and the second component (for example, as shown in FIG. 22( b ) and the like);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each include:
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship;
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the third component is a capacitor;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit include a filter circuit using the coil and the capacitor (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
the first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a stereo output and has a plurality of second components;
the second audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a mono output and has one second component;
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in a region between an imaginary extension of one end of the one second component and an imaginary extension of the other end of the one second component (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
This is referred to as the sixth basic configuration B.

According to the sixth basic configurations A and B, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, enabling stable audio output. Furthermore, by making noise reduction roughly uniform, audio can be output stably, and wiring can be shortened to avoid power loss. Furthermore, in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative electrodes of the first and second components can be balanced.

(1-7) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuit paths (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit path (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are disposed in a positional relationship such that at least a portion of the second component is included between the first component and the third component (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) );
the first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a stereo output and has a plurality of second components;
the second audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a mono output and has one second component;
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line (e.g., Figure 27(a)),
No components are mounted in the areas defined by the spaces between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in a region between an imaginary extension of one end of the one second component and an imaginary extension of the other end of the one second component (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
This is referred to as the seventh basic configuration A.

Furthermore, according to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450D) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are disposed in a positional relationship such that at least a portion of the third component is included between the first component and the second component (for example, as shown in FIG. 22( b ) and the like);
the first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a stereo output and has a plurality of second components;
the second audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a mono output and has one second component;
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line (e.g., Figure 27(a)),
No components are mounted in the areas defined by the spaces between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in a region between an imaginary extension of one end of the one second component and an imaginary extension of the other end of the one second component (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
This is referred to as the seventh basic configuration B.

The seventh basic configurations A and B enable stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, in the first audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, and the effects of heat generated by the second component on other components can be prevented. Furthermore, in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative electrodes of the first component and second components can be balanced.

(1-8) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
the first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within a range that is the same as or substantially the same as a predetermined range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) );
the first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a stereo output and has a plurality of second components;
the second audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a mono output and has one second component;
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 27(a) ),
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in a region between an imaginary extension of one end of the one second component and an imaginary extension of the other end of the one second component (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
This is the eighth basic configuration.

According to the eighth basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, enabling stable audio output. Furthermore, in the first audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, and in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative electrodes of the first component and second components can be balanced.

(1-9) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
the first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within a range that is the same as or substantially the same as a predetermined range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) );
the first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a stereo output and has a plurality of second components;
the second audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a mono output and has one second component;
No components are mounted in the areas defined by the spaces between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
At least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in a region between an imaginary extension of one end side of the one second component and an imaginary extension of the other end side opposite to the one end side (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
This is the ninth basic configuration.

The ninth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, in the first audio circuit, the effects of heat generated by the second component on other components can be prevented, and in the second audio circuit, the lengths of the positive and negative wiring patterns of the first and second components can be balanced.

(1-10) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
the first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within a range that is the same as or substantially the same as a predetermined range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) );
the first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a stereo output and has a plurality of second components;
the second audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a mono output and has one second component;
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 27(a) ),
No components are mounted in the areas defined by the spaces between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in a region between an imaginary extension of one end of the one second component and an imaginary extension of the other end of the one second component (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
This is the tenth basic configuration.

According to the tenth basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, enabling stable audio output. Furthermore, in the first audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, and the effects of heat generated by the second component on other components can be prevented. Furthermore, in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative electrodes of the first component and second components can be balanced.

(1-11) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
the first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within a range that is the same as or substantially the same as a predetermined range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) );
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
the first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a stereo output and has a plurality of second components;
the second audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a mono output and has one second component;
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 27(a) ),
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in a region between an imaginary extension of one end of the one second component and an imaginary extension of the other end of the one second component (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
This is the eleventh basic configuration.

According to the eleventh basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, allowing for stable audio output. Furthermore, wiring can be shortened to avoid power loss. Furthermore, in the first audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, and in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative electrodes of the first component and second components can be balanced.

(1-12) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
the first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within a range that is the same as or substantially the same as a predetermined range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) );
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
the first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a stereo output and has a plurality of second components;
the second audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a mono output and has one second component;
No components are mounted in the areas defined by the spaces between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in a region between an imaginary extension of one end of the one second component and an imaginary extension of the other end of the one second component (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
This is the twelfth basic configuration.

The twelfth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also shortens wiring and avoids power loss. In addition, in the first audio circuit, it is possible to prevent heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, and in the second audio circuit, it is possible to balance the lengths of the positive and negative wiring patterns of the first and second components.

(1-13) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
the first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within a range that is the same as or substantially the same as a predetermined range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) );
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
the first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a stereo output and has a plurality of second components;
the second audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a mono output and has one second component;
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 27(a) ),
No components are mounted in the areas defined by the spaces between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in a region between an imaginary extension of one end of the one second component and an imaginary extension of the other end of the one second component (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
This is the thirteenth basic configuration.

According to the thirteenth basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, enabling stable audio output. Furthermore, power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring. Furthermore, in the first audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, and the effects of heat generated by the second component on other components can be prevented. In the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative electrodes of the first component and second components can be balanced.

(1-14) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
the first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within a range that is the same as or substantially the same as a predetermined range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) );
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each include:
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship;
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the third component is a capacitor;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit
A filter circuit including the coil and the capacitor (for example, FIG. 27(a) ),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
the first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a stereo output and has a plurality of second components;
the second audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a mono output and has one second component;
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in a region between an imaginary extension of one end of the one second component and an imaginary extension of the other end of the one second component (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
This is the fourteenth basic configuration.

According to the fourteenth basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, enabling stable audio output. Furthermore, by shortening the wiring and avoiding power loss, and by roughly uniforming noise reduction, audio can be output stably. Furthermore, in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative electrodes of the first and second components can be balanced.

(1-15) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
the first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within a range that is the same as or substantially the same as a predetermined range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) );
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a stereo output and has a plurality of second components;
the second audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a mono output and has one second component;
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in a region between an imaginary extension of one end of the one second component and an imaginary extension of the other end of the one second component (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
This is the 15th basic configuration.

The fifteenth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also shortens wiring to avoid power loss and prevents the magnetic field from the audio circuit from affecting other components. Furthermore, in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative electrodes of the first and second components can be balanced.

(1-16) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
the first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within a range that is the same as or substantially the same as a predetermined range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) );
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a stereo output and has a plurality of second components;
the second audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a mono output and has one second component;
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 27(a) ),
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in a region between an imaginary extension of one end of the one second component and an imaginary extension of the other end of the one second component (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
This is the 16th basic configuration.

According to the 16th basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, allowing for stable audio output. It is also possible to prevent the magnetic field from the audio circuit from affecting other components. In addition, in the first audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, and in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative electrodes of the first component and second components can be balanced.

(1-17) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
the first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within a range that is the same as or substantially the same as a predetermined range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) );
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a stereo output and has a plurality of second components;
the second audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a mono output and has one second component;
No components are mounted in the areas defined by the spaces between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in a region between an imaginary extension of one end of the one second component and an imaginary extension of the other end of the one second component (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
This is the 17th basic configuration.

According to the 17th basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, allowing for stable audio output. It is also possible to prevent the magnetic field from the audio circuits from affecting other components. In addition, in the first audio circuit, the heat generated by the second component can be prevented from affecting other components, and in the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative electrodes of the first and second components can be balanced.

(1-18) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, 450C, and 450D) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
the first component, the second component, and the third component in the second audio circuit are arranged within a range that is the same as or substantially the same as a predetermined range in which the first component, the second component, and the third component in the first audio circuit are arranged (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) );
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to the end portion than to the center portion of the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 27(a)).
the first audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a stereo output and has a plurality of second components;
the second audio circuit is an audio circuit that provides a mono output and has one second component;
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 27(a) ),
No components are mounted in the areas defined by the spaces between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The second audio circuit includes at least a portion of the first component in a region between an imaginary extension of one end of the one second component and an imaginary extension of the other end of the one second component (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
This is the 18th basic configuration.

According to the 18th basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, allowing for stable audio output. It is also possible to prevent the magnetic field from the audio circuits from affecting other components. In addition, in the first audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, and the heat generated by the second components can be prevented from affecting other components. In the second audio circuit, the wiring pattern lengths of the positive and negative electrodes of the first component and second components can be balanced.

Connector Arrangement Near the Audio Circuit (2-1) As described above, according to the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on a side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on a side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 12(a) , etc.),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
This is the first basic configuration.

The first basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, shortening the wiring and avoiding power loss.

(2-2) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit have the first component, the second component, and the third component in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
This is the second basic configuration.

According to the second basic configuration, as with the first basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, enabling stable audio output. Furthermore, the magnetic field from the audio circuits can be prevented from affecting other components, shortening wiring and avoiding power loss.

(2-3) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
This is the third basic configuration.

The third basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, and shortens the wiring, avoiding power loss.

(2-4) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover (e.g., a substrate case 403, etc.),
The cover includes a heat dissipation means (e.g., ventilation hole 405) near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (e.g., ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
This is the fourth basic configuration.

The fourth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, and promotes heat dissipation to prevent component malfunctions. It also allows for shorter wiring to avoid power loss.

(2-5) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on a side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on a side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 12(a) , etc.),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
This is the fifth basic configuration.

The fifth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, shortening the wiring and avoiding power loss.

(2-6) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on a side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on a side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 12(a) , etc.),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to the audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to the audio circuit 450C, etc.),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
This is the sixth basic configuration.

The sixth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, promoting heat dissipation and preventing component malfunction. Furthermore, power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring.

(2-7) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
This is the seventh basic configuration.

The seventh basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, shortening wiring and avoiding power loss.

(2-8) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on a side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on a side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 12(a) , etc.),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
This is the eighth basic configuration.

The eighth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the effects of heat generated by the second component from affecting other components. Furthermore, power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring.

Restrictions on component placement between coils (3-1) As described above, according to the gaming machine according to the above embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100),
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on a side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on a side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 12(a) , etc.),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )).
This is the first basic configuration.

The first basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, preventing heat generated by the second component from affecting other components.

(3-2) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component (e.g., audio amplifier IC 418), a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on a side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on a side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 12(a) , etc.),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )).
This is the second basic configuration.

The second basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the effects of heat generated by the second component from affecting other components. Furthermore, the wiring can be shortened to avoid power loss.

(3-3) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to the audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to the audio circuit 450C, etc.),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on a side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on a side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 12(a) , etc.),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )).
This is the third basic configuration.

The third basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the effects of heat generated by the second component from affecting other components. Furthermore, heat dissipation can be promoted, preventing component malfunctions.

(3-4) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to the audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to the audio circuit 450C, etc.),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on a side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on a side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 12(a) , etc.),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )).
This is the fourth basic configuration.

The fourth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the effects of heat generated by the second component from affecting other components. Furthermore, by shortening the wiring, power loss can be avoided, and heat dissipation can be promoted to prevent component malfunctions.

(3-5) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )).
This is the fifth basic configuration.

The fifth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents the effects of heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, and prevents the effects of magnetic fields generated by the audio circuits from affecting other components.

(3-6) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on a side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on a side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 12(a) , etc.),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )).
This is the sixth basic configuration.

The sixth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the effects of heat generated by the second component from affecting other components. Furthermore, the effects of magnetic fields generated by the audio circuits can be prevented from affecting other components.

(3-7) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )).
This is the seventh basic configuration.

The seventh basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents the heat generated by the second component from affecting other components. By shortening the wiring, power loss can be avoided, and the magnetic field generated by the audio circuit can be prevented from affecting other components.

(3-8) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to the audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to the audio circuit 450C, etc.),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )).
This is the eighth basic configuration.

The eighth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents the heat generated by the second component from affecting other components. It also promotes heat dissipation, preventing component malfunctions and preventing the magnetic field generated by the audio circuit from affecting other components.

Heat Dissipation Means Near the Audio Circuit (4-1) As described above, according to the gaming machine according to the above embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100),
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on a side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on a side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 12(a) , etc.),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.),
This is the first basic configuration.

The first basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also allows for a good balance between the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components, and promotes heat dissipation to prevent component malfunctions.

(4-2) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on a side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on a side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 12(a) , etc.),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.),
This is the second basic configuration.

The second basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also allows for a good balance between the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components, and promotes heat dissipation to prevent component malfunctions.

(4-3) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.),
This is the third basic configuration.

The third basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, and promotes heat dissipation to prevent component malfunctions.

(4-4) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.),
This is the fourth basic configuration.

The fourth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, and promotes heat dissipation to prevent component malfunctions. It also shortens wiring and avoids power loss.

(4-5) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each include:
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship;
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the third component is a capacitor;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit
A filter circuit including the coil and the capacitor (for example, FIG. 12 ),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.),
This is the fifth basic configuration.

The fifth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also promotes heat dissipation, preventing component malfunctions, and roughly uniform noise reduction allows for stable audio output.

(4-6) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each include:
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship;
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the third component is a capacitor;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit
A filter circuit including the coil and the capacitor (for example, FIG. 12 ),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.),
This is the sixth basic configuration.

The sixth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also promotes heat dissipation and prevents component malfunctions. Furthermore, by roughly equalizing noise reduction, it allows for stable audio output and shortens wiring, avoiding power loss.

(4-7) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.),
This is the seventh basic configuration.

The seventh basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also promotes heat dissipation, preventing component malfunctions and preventing the magnetic field from the audio circuits from affecting other components.

(4-8) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.),
This is the eighth basic configuration.

The eighth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also promotes heat dissipation and prevents component malfunctions. It also prevents the magnetic field from the audio circuit from affecting other components, and shortens wiring to avoid power loss.

Distance to the heat dissipation means (5-1) As described above, according to the gaming machine according to the above embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100),
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 25(a) , etc.),
At least one surface of the first board is covered with a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distances from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover are the same or approximately the same (e.g., FIGS. 25(b) and (c) ).
This is the first basic configuration.

The first basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also allows for a good balance between the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components. Furthermore, it allows for equalized heat dissipation efficiency between the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, thereby minimizing performance differences.

(5-2) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit have the first component, the second component, and the third component in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each include:
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship;
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the third component is a capacitor;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit
A filter circuit including the coil and the capacitor (e.g., FIG. 25(a) ),
At least one surface of the first board is covered with a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distances from at least one of the first component, the second component, and the third component to the cover are the same or approximately the same (e.g., FIGS. 25(b) and (c) ).
This is the second basic configuration.

The second basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, by roughly equalizing noise reduction, stable audio output is possible. Furthermore, the heat dissipation efficiency can be equalized between the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, thereby minimizing performance differences.

(5-3) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each include:
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship;
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the third component is a capacitor;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit
A filter circuit including the coil and the capacitor (see FIG. 25(a), etc.),
At least one surface of the first board is covered with a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distances from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover are the same or approximately the same (e.g., FIGS. 25(b) and (c) ).
This is the third basic configuration.

The third basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, by roughly equalizing noise reduction, stable audio output is possible. Furthermore, the heat dissipation efficiency can be equalized between the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, thereby minimizing performance differences.

(5-4) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
At least one surface of the first board is covered with a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distances from at least one of the first component, the second component, and the third component to the cover are the same or approximately the same (e.g., FIGS. 25(b) and (c) ).
This is the fourth basic configuration.

The fourth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents the magnetic field from the audio circuits from affecting other components. Furthermore, it is possible to equalize the heat dissipation efficiency between the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, thereby minimizing performance differences.

(5-5) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a )),
At least one surface of the first board is covered with a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distances from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover are the same or approximately the same (e.g., FIGS. 25(b) and (c) ).
This is the fifth basic configuration.

The fifth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents the heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, and equalizes the heat dissipation efficiency between the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, thereby minimizing performance differences.

(5-6) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit have the first component, the second component, and the third component in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each include:
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship;
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the third component is a capacitor;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit
A filter circuit including the coil and the capacitor (e.g., FIG. 25(a) ),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
At least one surface of the first board is covered with a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distances from at least one of the first component, the second component, and the third component to the cover are the same or approximately the same (e.g., FIGS. 25(b) and (c) ).
This is the sixth basic configuration.

According to the sixth basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, enabling stable audio output. Furthermore, by making noise reduction roughly uniform, audio can be output stably, and wiring can be shortened to avoid power loss. Furthermore, the heat dissipation efficiency can be uniformed between the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, thereby minimizing performance differences.

(5-7) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 25(a) , etc.),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a )),
At least one surface of the first board is covered with a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distances from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover are the same or approximately the same (e.g., FIGS. 25(b) and (c) ).
This is the seventh basic configuration.

According to the seventh basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, enabling stable audio output. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, and the effects of heat generated by the second component on other components can be prevented. Furthermore, the heat dissipation efficiency can be uniformed between the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, thereby minimizing performance differences.

(5-8) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 25(a) , etc.),
At least one surface of the first board is covered with a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distances from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover are the same or approximately the same (e.g., FIGS. 25(b) and (c) ).
This is the eighth basic configuration.

The eighth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, and the heat dissipation efficiency can be equalized between the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, thereby minimizing performance differences.

(5-9) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap,
(For example, FIG. 25(a) etc.)
At least one surface of the first board is covered with a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distances from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover are the same or approximately the same (e.g., FIGS. 25(b) and (c) ).
This is the ninth basic configuration.

The ninth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the effects of heat generated by the second component on other components can be prevented, and the heat dissipation efficiency can be equalized between the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, thereby minimizing performance differences.

(5-10) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 25(a) , etc.),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a )),
At least one surface of the first board is covered with a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distances from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover are the same or approximately the same (e.g., FIGS. 25(b) and (c) ).
This is the tenth basic configuration.

According to the tenth basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, enabling stable audio output. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, and the effects of heat generated by the second component on other components can be prevented. Furthermore, the heat dissipation efficiency can be uniformed between the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, thereby minimizing performance differences.

(5-11) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 25(a) , etc.),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
At least one surface of the first board is covered with a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distances from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover are the same or approximately the same (e.g., FIGS. 25(b) and (c) ).
This is the eleventh basic configuration.

According to the eleventh basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, allowing for stable audio output. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, and the wiring can be shortened to avoid power loss. Furthermore, the heat dissipation efficiency can be uniformed between the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, thereby minimizing performance differences.

(5-12) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a )),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
At least one surface of the first board is covered with a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distances from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover are the same or approximately the same (e.g., FIGS. 25(b) and (c) ).
This is the twelfth basic configuration.

The twelfth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents the heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, and shortens wiring to avoid power loss. Furthermore, it is possible to equalize the heat dissipation efficiency of the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, thereby minimizing performance differences.

(5-13) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 25(a) , etc.),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a )),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
At least one surface of the first board is covered with a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distances from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover are the same or approximately the same (e.g., FIGS. 25(b) and (c) ).
This is the thirteenth basic configuration.

According to the thirteenth basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, enabling stable audio output. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, and the effects of heat generated by the second component on other components can be prevented. Furthermore, power loss can be avoided by shortening the wiring, and the heat dissipation efficiency can be uniformed between the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, thereby minimizing performance differences.

(5-14) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each include:
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship;
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the third component is a capacitor;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit
A filter circuit including the coil and the capacitor (e.g., FIG. 25 ),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
At least one surface of the first board is covered with a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distances from at least one of the first component, the second component, and the third component to the cover are the same or approximately the same (e.g., FIGS. 25(b) and (c) ).
This is the fourteenth basic configuration.

According to the fourteenth basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, enabling stable audio output. Furthermore, by making noise reduction roughly uniform, audio can be output stably, and wiring can be shortened to avoid power loss. Furthermore, the heat dissipation efficiency can be uniformed between the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, thereby minimizing performance differences.

(5-15) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
At least one surface of the first board is covered with a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distances from at least one of the first component, the second component, and the third component to the cover are the same or approximately the same (e.g., FIGS. 25(b) and (c) ).
This is the 15th basic configuration.

According to the 15th basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, allowing for stable audio output. Furthermore, wiring can be shortened to avoid power loss, and the magnetic field from the audio circuits can be prevented from affecting other components. Furthermore, the heat dissipation efficiency can be uniformed between the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, thereby minimizing performance differences.

(5-16) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 25(a) , etc.),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
At least one surface of the first board is covered with a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distances from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover are the same or approximately the same (e.g., FIGS. 25(b) and (c) ).
This is the 16th basic configuration.

According to the 16th basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, allowing for stable audio output. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, and the magnetic field from the audio circuit can be prevented from affecting other components. Furthermore, the heat dissipation efficiency can be uniformed between the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, thereby minimizing performance differences.

(5-17) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
Multiple speakers of different types,
a plurality of audio circuits electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine comprising: a first substrate on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged;
At least a first audio circuit and a second audio circuit of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a )),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
At least one surface of the first board is covered with a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distances from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover are the same or approximately the same (e.g., FIGS. 25(b) and (c) ).
This is the 17th basic configuration.

According to the 17th basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, allowing for stable audio output. It is also possible to prevent the heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, and to prevent the magnetic field generated by the audio circuit from affecting other components. Furthermore, the heat dissipation efficiency of the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit can be uniformed, thereby minimizing performance differences.

(5-18) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
Multiple speakers of different types,
a plurality of audio circuits electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine comprising: a first substrate on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged;
At least a first audio circuit and a second audio circuit of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 25(a) , etc.),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a )),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 25( a) ),
At least one surface of the first board is covered with a cover, and the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the distances from at least one of the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the cover are the same or approximately the same (e.g., FIGS. 25(b) and (c) ).
This is the 18th basic configuration.

According to the 18th basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, allowing for stable audio output. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, and the effects of heat generated by the second component can be prevented from affecting other components. Furthermore, the effects of magnetic fields generated by the audio circuit can be prevented from affecting other components. Furthermore, the heat dissipation efficiency can be uniformed between the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, thereby minimizing performance differences.

(5-19) In addition, in any one of the first to eighteenth basic configurations,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means, and is configured such that the distances from the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component to the heat dissipation means are the same or approximately the same for the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (e.g., FIGS. 25(b) and 25(c)).
This is the first preferred configuration.

The first preferred configuration makes it possible to equalize the heat dissipation efficiency of the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit, thereby minimizing performance differences.

In the first preferred configuration,
The heat dissipation means is provided near the positions where the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are disposed (for example, as shown in FIGS. 25(b) and 25(c)).
This is the second preferred configuration.

The second preferred configuration improves the heat dissipation efficiency of the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit.

Wiring is via interlayer conductive holes (6-1) As described above, according to the gaming machine according to the above embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100),
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 27(a) , etc.),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil disposed on a first layer,
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer;
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed in the vicinity of the audio amplifier;
the first substrate has wiring formed thereon for transmitting the audio signal;
The wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via an interlayer conductive hole (e.g., FIG. 27(b) ).
This is the first basic configuration.

The first basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also allows for a good balance between the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components, while also ensuring sufficient surface area on the first board, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-2) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component (e.g., a coil L), and a third component (e.g., a capacitor);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit have the first component, the second component, and the third component in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each include:
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship;
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the third component is a capacitor;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit
A filter circuit including the coil and the capacitor (e.g., FIG. 27(a) ),
the first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil disposed on a first layer,
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer;
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed in the vicinity of the audio amplifier;
the first substrate has wiring formed thereon for transmitting the audio signal;
The wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via an interlayer conductive hole (e.g., FIG. 27(b) ).
This is the second basic configuration.

The second basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, by roughly equalizing noise reduction, audio can be output stably, while also ensuring sufficient surface area on the first substrate, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-3) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each include:
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship;
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the third component is a capacitor;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit
A filter circuit including the coil and the capacitor (for example, FIG. 27(a) ),
the first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil disposed on a first layer,
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer;
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed in the vicinity of the audio amplifier;
the first substrate has wiring formed thereon for transmitting the audio signal;
The wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via an interlayer conductive hole (e.g., FIG. 27(b) ).
This is the third basic configuration.

The third basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, by roughly equalizing noise reduction, audio can be output stably, while also ensuring sufficient surface area on the first substrate, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-4) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil disposed on a first layer,
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer;
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed in the vicinity of the audio amplifier;
the first substrate has wiring formed thereon for transmitting the audio signal;
The wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via an interlayer conductive hole (e.g., FIG. 27(b) ).
This is the fourth basic configuration.

The fourth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. This prevents the magnetic field from the audio circuits from affecting other components, while also ensuring sufficient surface area on the first substrate, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-5) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil disposed on a first layer,
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer;
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed in the vicinity of the audio amplifier;
the first substrate has wiring formed thereon for transmitting the audio signal;
The wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via an interlayer conductive hole (e.g., FIG. 27(b) ).
This is the fifth basic configuration.

The fifth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. This prevents heat from the second component from affecting other components, while also ensuring sufficient surface area on the first board, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-6) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit have the first component, the second component, and the third component in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each include:
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship;
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the third component is a capacitor;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit
A filter circuit including the coil and the capacitor (for example, FIG. 27(a) ),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
the first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil disposed on a first layer,
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer;
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed in the vicinity of the audio amplifier;
the first substrate has wiring formed thereon for transmitting the audio signal;
The wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via an interlayer conductive hole (e.g., FIG. 27(b) ).
This is the sixth basic configuration.

The sixth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. By roughly equalizing noise reduction, audio can be output stably, and wiring can be shortened to avoid power loss. Furthermore, the surface area of the first substrate can be secured, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-7) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 27(a) , etc.),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil disposed on a first layer,
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer;
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed in the vicinity of the audio amplifier;
the first substrate has wiring formed thereon for transmitting the audio signal;
The wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via an interlayer conductive hole (e.g., FIG. 27(b) ).
This is the seventh basic configuration.

The seventh basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also allows for a good balance between the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components, and prevents heat generated by the second component from affecting other components. It also allows for sufficient surface area on the first board, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-8) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 27(a) , etc.),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil disposed on a first layer,
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer;
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed in the vicinity of the audio amplifier;
the first substrate has wiring formed thereon for transmitting the audio signal;
The wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via an interlayer conductive hole (e.g., FIG. 27(b) ).
This is the eighth basic configuration.

The eighth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also allows for a good balance between the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components. It also allows for the surface area of the first board to be secured, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-9) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, FIG. 27( a ) and the like),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil disposed on a first layer,
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer;
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed in the vicinity of the audio amplifier;
the first substrate has wiring formed thereon for transmitting the audio signal;
The wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via an interlayer conductive hole (e.g., FIG. 27(b) ).
This is the ninth basic configuration.

The ninth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents heat generated by the second component from affecting other components. It also ensures sufficient surface area on the first board, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-10) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are each configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (e.g., FIG. 27( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 27(a) , etc.),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil disposed on a first layer,
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer;
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed in the vicinity of the audio amplifier;
the first substrate has wiring formed thereon for transmitting the audio signal;
The wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via an interlayer conductive hole (e.g., FIG. 27(b) ).
This is the tenth basic configuration.

The tenth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also allows for a good balance between the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components, and prevents heat generated by the second component from affecting other components. It also allows for sufficient surface area on the first board, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-11) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 27(a) , etc.),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil disposed on a first layer,
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer;
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed in the vicinity of the audio amplifier;
the first substrate has wiring formed thereon for transmitting the audio signal;
The wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via an interlayer conductive hole (e.g., FIG. 27(b) ).
This is the eleventh basic configuration.

The eleventh basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also allows for a good balance between the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components, shortening the wiring and avoiding power loss. It also allows for the surface area of the first substrate to be secured, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-12) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil disposed on a first layer,
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer;
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed in the vicinity of the audio amplifier;
the first substrate has wiring formed thereon for transmitting the audio signal;
The wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via an interlayer conductive hole (e.g., FIG. 27(b) ).
This is the twelfth basic configuration.

The twelfth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, shortens wiring, and avoids power loss. It also ensures sufficient surface area on the first board, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-13) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of the end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (e.g., FIG. 27(a)).
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil disposed on a first layer,
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer;
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed in the vicinity of the audio amplifier;
the first substrate has wiring formed thereon for transmitting the audio signal;
The wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via an interlayer conductive hole (e.g., FIG. 27(b) ).
This is the thirteenth basic configuration.

The thirteenth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also allows for a good balance between the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components, and prevents the heat generated by the second component from affecting other components. It also allows for shorter wiring and avoids power loss. It also allows for the surface area of the first board to be secured, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-14) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each include:
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship;
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the third component is a capacitor;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit
A filter circuit including the coil and the capacitor (for example, FIG. 27(a) ),
the first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil disposed on a first layer,
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer;
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed in the vicinity of the audio amplifier;
the first substrate has wiring formed thereon for transmitting the audio signal;
The wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via an interlayer conductive hole (e.g., FIG. 27(b) ).
This is the fourteenth basic configuration.

According to the fourteenth basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, enabling stable audio output. Furthermore, by making noise reduction roughly uniform, audio can be output stably, and wiring can be shortened to avoid power loss. Furthermore, the surface area of the first substrate can be secured, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-15) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil disposed on a first layer,
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer;
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed in the vicinity of the audio amplifier;
the first substrate has wiring formed thereon for transmitting the audio signal;
The wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via an interlayer conductive hole (e.g., FIG. 27(b) ).
This is the 15th basic configuration.

The fifteenth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also shortens wiring to avoid power loss and prevents the magnetic field from the audio circuits from affecting other components. It also ensures sufficient surface area on the first substrate, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-16) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 27(a) , etc.),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil disposed on a first layer,
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer;
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed in the vicinity of the audio amplifier;
the first substrate has wiring formed thereon for transmitting the audio signal;
The wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via an interlayer conductive hole (e.g., FIG. 27(b) ).
This is the 16th basic configuration.

The 16th basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also allows for a good balance between the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components, and prevents the magnetic field from the audio circuit from affecting other components. It also allows for the surface area of the first board to be secured, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-17) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap,
(For example, FIG. 27(a) etc.)
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil disposed on a first layer,
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer;
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed in the vicinity of the audio amplifier;
the first substrate has wiring formed thereon for transmitting the audio signal;
The wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via an interlayer conductive hole (e.g., FIG. 27(b) ).
This is the 17th basic configuration.

The 17th basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents the heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, and prevents the magnetic field generated by the audio circuit from affecting other components. It also ensures sufficient surface area on the first substrate, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-18) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 27(a) , etc.),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the first substrate has the audio amplifier and the coil disposed on a first layer,
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed on the first layer;
the first substrate has a solid pattern formed in the vicinity of the audio amplifier;
the first substrate has wiring formed thereon for transmitting the audio signal;
The wiring is connected between the audio amplifier and the coil via an interlayer conductive hole (e.g., FIG. 27(b) ).
This is the 18th basic configuration.

According to the 18th basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, allowing for stable audio output. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, and the effects of heat generated by the second component on other components can be prevented. Furthermore, the effects of magnetic fields from the audio circuits on other components can be prevented, and the area of the solid pattern on the first board can be secured, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

(6-19) In addition, in any one of the first to eighteenth basic configurations,
the solid pattern is a solid ground,
the first layer is a surface layer of the first substrate,
the first substrate has the wiring formed in a layer different from the surface layer in the region where the solid ground is present;
(For example, FIG. 27(b) )
This is the first preferred configuration.

The first preferred configuration ensures sufficient surface area for the first layer of the first substrate, promoting heat dissipation from the audio amplifier.

Arrangement of the Audio Circuit Board End (7-1) As described above, according to the gaming machine according to the above embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100),
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on a side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on a side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 12(a) , etc.),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion of the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
This is the first basic configuration.

The first basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the magnetic field from the audio circuit from affecting other components.

(7-2) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on a side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on a side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 12(a) , etc.),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion of the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
This is the second basic configuration.

The second basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also allows for a good balance between the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components, shortening the wiring and avoiding power loss, and preventing the magnetic field from the audio circuit from affecting other components.

(7-3) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on a side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on a side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 12(a) , etc.),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to the audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to the audio circuit 450C, etc.),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion of the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
This is the third basic configuration.

The third basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also allows for a good balance between the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components, promoting heat dissipation and preventing component malfunction. It also prevents the magnetic field from the audio circuit from affecting other components.

(7-4) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on a side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on a side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 12(a) , etc.),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to the audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to the audio circuit 450C, etc.),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion of the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
This is the fourth basic configuration.

The fourth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, promoting heat dissipation and preventing component malfunction. Furthermore, the wiring can be shortened to avoid power loss, and the magnetic field from the audio circuit can be prevented from affecting other components.

(7-5) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on a side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on a side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 12(a) , etc.),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion of the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
This is the fifth basic configuration.

The fifth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the effects of heat generated by the second component from affecting other components. Furthermore, by shortening the wiring, power loss can be avoided, and the magnetic field generated by the audio circuit can be prevented from affecting other components.

(7-6) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on a side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on a side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 12(a) , etc.),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to the audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to the audio circuit 450C, etc.),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion of the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
This is the sixth basic configuration.

The sixth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the effects of heat generated by the second component from affecting other components. Furthermore, heat dissipation can be promoted to prevent component malfunctions, and the effects of magnetic fields from the audio circuits can be prevented from affecting other components.

(7-7) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on a side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on a side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 12(a) , etc.),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to the audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to the audio circuit 450C, etc.),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion of the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
This is the seventh basic configuration.

The seventh basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the effects of heat generated by the second component from affecting other components. Furthermore, shortening the wiring can avoid power loss and promote heat dissipation, preventing component malfunctions. Furthermore, the magnetic field generated by the audio circuits can be prevented from affecting other components.

●Parts are within the same range (8-1) As described above, according to the gaming machine according to the above embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100),
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 12(a) , etc.),
This is the first basic configuration.

The first basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also allows for a good balance between the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components.

(8-2) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )).
This is the second basic configuration.

The second basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents heat generated by the second component from affecting other components.

(8-3) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on a side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on a side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 12(a) , etc.),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )).
This is the third basic configuration.

The third basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also allows for a good balance between the wiring pattern lengths of a first component and multiple second components, and prevents heat generated by the second component from affecting other components.

(8-4) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on a side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on a side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 12(a) , etc.),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.),
This is the fourth basic configuration.

The fourth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also allows for a good balance between the wiring pattern lengths of a first component and multiple second components, and prevents heat generated by the second component from affecting other components. It also promotes heat dissipation, preventing component malfunctions.

(8-5) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on a side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on a side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 12(a) , etc.),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.),
This is the fifth basic configuration.

The fifth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also allows for a good balance between the wiring pattern lengths of a first component and multiple second components, and prevents heat generated by the second component from affecting other components. It also promotes heat dissipation, preventing component malfunctions, and shortens wiring to avoid power loss.

(8-6) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each include:
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship;
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the third component is a capacitor;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit
A filter circuit including the coil and the capacitor (for example, FIG. 12 ),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
This is the sixth basic configuration.

The sixth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, by roughly equalizing noise reduction, audio can be output stably, and wiring can be shortened to avoid power loss.

(8-7) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion of the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
This is the seventh basic configuration.

The seventh basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also shortens wiring, avoids power loss, and prevents the magnetic field from the audio circuits from affecting other components.

(8-8) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion of the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
This is the eighth basic configuration.

The eighth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents the magnetic field from the audio circuits from affecting other components.

(8-9) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to the audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to the audio circuit 450C, etc.),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion of the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
This is the ninth basic configuration.

The ninth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents the heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, shortens wiring, and avoids power loss. It also promotes heat dissipation, preventing component malfunctions and preventing the magnetic field from the audio circuit from affecting other components.

The positional relationship of the parts is the same. (9-1) As described above, according to the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit have the first component, the second component, and the third component in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion of the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
This is the first basic configuration.

The first basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents the magnetic field from the audio circuits from affecting other components.

(9-2) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit have the first component, the second component, and the third component in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to the audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to the audio circuit 450C, etc.),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion of the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
This is the second basic configuration.

The second basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents the magnetic field from the audio circuits from affecting other components, and promotes heat dissipation to prevent component malfunctions.

(9-3) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on a side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on a side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 12(a) , etc.),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.),
This is the third basic configuration.

The third basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also allows for a good balance between the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components. It also shortens the wiring, avoiding power loss and promoting heat dissipation to prevent component malfunctions.

(9-4) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to audio circuit 450C, etc.),
This is the fourth basic configuration.

The fourth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, and promotes heat dissipation to prevent component malfunctions.

(9-5) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit have the first component, the second component, and the third component in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each include:
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship;
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the third component is a capacitor;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit
A filter circuit including the coil and the capacitor (for example, FIG. 12 ),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to the audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to the audio circuit 450C, etc.),
This is the fifth basic configuration.

The fifth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, by roughly equalizing noise reduction, stable audio output is possible. Furthermore, shortening wiring can avoid power loss, and promoting heat dissipation can prevent component malfunctions.

(9-6) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit have the first component, the second component, and the third component in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )),
At least one surface of the first substrate is covered with a cover,
The cover includes a heat dissipation means near a position where a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed (for example, a ventilation hole 405b corresponding to the audio circuit 450A and a ventilation hole 405e corresponding to the audio circuit 450C, etc.),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion of the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
This is the sixth basic configuration.

The sixth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also shortens wiring, avoiding power loss and promoting heat dissipation to prevent component malfunctions. It also prevents the magnetic field from the audio circuits from affecting other components.

The thermal vias are the same. (10-1) As described above, according to the gaming machine (for example, the slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of an end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of an end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (for example, FIG. 27(a) , etc.),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the first substrate is provided with a thermal via corresponding to the audio amplifier,
The first substrate has the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the second audio circuit provided in the same or substantially the same manner (e.g., FIG. 27(a) ),
This is the first basic configuration.

The first basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also allows for a good balance between the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components, and uniform heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifier across multiple audio circuits.

(10-2) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit have the first component, the second component, and the third component in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each include:
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship;
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the third component is a capacitor;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit
A filter circuit including the coil and the capacitor (for example, FIG. 27(a) ),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the first substrate is provided with a thermal via corresponding to the audio amplifier,
The first substrate has the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the second audio circuit provided in the same or substantially the same manner (e.g., FIG. 27(a) ),
This is the second basic configuration.

The second basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, by roughly equalizing noise reduction, audio can be output stably and the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifiers in multiple audio circuits can be made uniform.

(10-3) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each include:
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship;
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the third component is a capacitor;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit
A filter circuit including the coil and the capacitor (for example, FIG. 27(a) ),
the first substrate is provided with a thermal via corresponding to the audio amplifier,
The first substrate has the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the second audio circuit provided in the same or substantially the same manner (e.g., FIG. 27(a) ),
This is the third basic configuration.

The third basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, by roughly equalizing noise reduction, audio can be output stably and the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifiers in multiple audio circuits can be made uniform.

(10-4) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the first substrate is provided with a thermal via corresponding to the audio amplifier,
The first substrate has the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the second audio circuit provided in the same or substantially the same manner (e.g., FIG. 27(a) ),
This is the fourth basic configuration.

The fourth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents the magnetic fields from the audio circuits from affecting other components. It also allows for uniform heat dissipation efficiency for the audio amplifier across multiple audio circuits.

(10-5) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (e.g., FIG. 27( a )),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the first substrate is provided with a thermal via corresponding to the audio amplifier,
The first substrate has the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the second audio circuit provided in the same or substantially the same manner (e.g., FIG. 27(a) ),
This is the fifth basic configuration.

The fifth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents the heat generated by the second component from affecting other components. It also allows for uniform heat dissipation efficiency for the audio amplifier across multiple audio circuits.

(10-6) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component (e.g., coil L), and a third component (e.g., capacitor);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit have the first component, the second component, and the third component in the same or substantially the same positional relationship (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (e.g., FIG. 27( a) );
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each include:
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship;
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the third component is a capacitor;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit
A filter circuit including the coil and the capacitor (e.g., FIG. 27(a) ),
the first substrate is provided with a thermal via corresponding to the audio amplifier,
The first substrate has the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the second audio circuit provided in the same or substantially the same manner (e.g., FIG. 27(a) ),
This is the sixth basic configuration.

According to the sixth basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, enabling stable audio output. By roughly uniformly reducing noise across multiple audio circuits, audio can be output stably, wiring can be shortened, and power loss can be avoided. Furthermore, the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifier can be uniform across multiple audio circuits.

(10-7) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components (e.g., coils L), and a third component (e.g., capacitors);
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are in the same or substantially the same positional relationship with each other (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of the end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (e.g., FIG. 27(a)),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (e.g., FIG. 27( a )),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the first substrate is provided with a thermal via corresponding to the audio amplifier,
The first substrate has the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the second audio circuit provided in the same or substantially the same manner (e.g., FIG. 27(a) ),
This is the seventh basic configuration.

The seventh basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. The wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the heat generated by the second component from affecting other components. Furthermore, the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifier can be made uniform across multiple audio circuits.

(10-8) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range, as shown in FIG. 27( a), for example.
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of the end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (e.g., FIG. 27(a)),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the first substrate is provided with a thermal via corresponding to the audio amplifier,
The first substrate has the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the second audio circuit provided in the same or substantially the same manner (e.g., FIG. 27(a) ),
This is the eighth basic configuration.

The eighth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also allows for a good balance between the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components. It also allows for uniform heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifier across multiple audio circuits.

(10-9) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (e.g., FIG. 27( a )),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the first substrate is provided with a thermal via corresponding to the audio amplifier,
The first substrate has the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the second audio circuit provided in the same or substantially the same manner (e.g., FIG. 27(a) ),
This is the ninth basic configuration.

The ninth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents heat generated by the second component from affecting other components. It also allows for uniform heat dissipation efficiency for the audio amplifier across multiple audio circuits.

(10-10) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of the end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (e.g., FIG. 27(a)),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (e.g., FIG. 27( a )),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the first substrate is provided with a thermal via corresponding to the audio amplifier,
The first substrate has the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the second audio circuit provided in the same or substantially the same manner (e.g., FIG. 27(a) ),
This is the tenth basic configuration.

The tenth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, preventing the effects of heat generated by the second component from affecting other components. Furthermore, the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifier can be equalized across multiple audio circuits.

(10-11) According to the gaming machine (for example, slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of the end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (e.g., FIG. 27(a)),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the first substrate is provided with a thermal via corresponding to the audio amplifier,
The first substrate has the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the second audio circuit provided in the same or substantially the same manner (e.g., FIG. 27(a) ),
This is the eleventh basic configuration.

According to the 11th basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, allowing for stable audio output. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, shortening the wiring and avoiding power loss. Furthermore, the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifier can be uniform across multiple audio circuits.

(10-12) According to the gaming machine (e.g., slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (e.g., FIG. 27( a )),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the first substrate is provided with a thermal via corresponding to the audio amplifier,
The first substrate has the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the second audio circuit provided in the same or substantially the same manner (e.g., FIG. 27(a) ),
This is the twelfth basic configuration.

The twelfth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also prevents heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, shortening wiring and avoiding power loss. It also allows for uniform heat dissipation efficiency for the audio amplifier across multiple audio circuits.

(10-13) According to the gaming machine (e.g., slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of the end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (e.g., FIG. 27(a)),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (e.g., FIG. 27( a )),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the first substrate is provided with a thermal via corresponding to the audio amplifier,
The first substrate has the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the second audio circuit provided in the same or substantially the same manner (e.g., FIG. 27(a) ),
This is the thirteenth basic configuration.

The thirteenth basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. It also allows for a good balance of the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components, preventing the heat generated by the second component from affecting other components, and shortening the wiring to avoid power loss. It also allows for uniform heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifier across multiple audio circuits.

(10-14) According to the gaming machine (e.g., slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a )),
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit each include:
the first component and the second component are disposed in a first positional relationship;
the first component and the third component are disposed in a second positional relationship;
the second component and the third component are disposed in a third positional relationship;
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the second component is a coil;
the third component is a capacitor;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit
A filter circuit including the coil and the capacitor (e.g., FIG. 27(a) ),
the first substrate is provided with a thermal via corresponding to the audio amplifier,
The first substrate has the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the second audio circuit provided in the same or substantially the same manner (e.g., FIG. 27(a) ),
This is the fourteenth basic configuration.

According to the 14th basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, allowing for stable audio output. Furthermore, wiring can be shortened to avoid power loss. By roughly uniformly reducing noise across multiple audio circuits, audio can be output stably and the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifier can be made uniform.

(10-15) According to the gaming machine (e.g., slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a second component, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the second component, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a )).
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
The certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit (e.g., FIG. 27( a) );
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the first substrate is provided with a thermal via corresponding to the audio amplifier,
The first substrate has the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the second audio circuit provided in the same or substantially the same manner (e.g., FIG. 27(a) ),
This is the 15th basic configuration.

According to the fifteenth basic configuration, the audio output performance of the multiple audio circuits is substantially uniform, thereby enabling stable audio output. In addition, the wiring can be shortened to avoid power loss, and the magnetic field generated by the audio circuits can be prevented from affecting other components.
Furthermore, the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifiers can be made uniform across a plurality of audio circuits.

(10-16) According to the gaming machine (e.g., slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of the end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (e.g., FIG. 27(a)),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the first substrate is provided with a thermal via corresponding to the audio amplifier,
The first substrate has the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the second audio circuit provided in the same or substantially the same manner (e.g., FIG. 27(a) ),
This is the 16th basic configuration.

The 16th basic configuration allows for stable audio output by roughly equalizing the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits. This prevents the magnetic field from the audio circuits from affecting other components, and also allows for uniform heat dissipation efficiency for the audio amplifier across multiple audio circuits.

(10-17) According to the gaming machine (e.g., slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (e.g., FIG. 27( a )),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the first substrate is provided with a thermal via corresponding to the audio amplifier,
The first substrate has the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the second audio circuit provided in the same or substantially the same manner (e.g., FIG. 27(a) ),
This is the 17th basic configuration.

According to the 17th basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, allowing for stable audio output. It also prevents the heat generated by the second component from affecting other components. It also prevents the magnetic field generated by the audio circuit from affecting other components, and allows for uniform heat dissipation efficiency for the audio amplifier across multiple audio circuits.

(10-18) According to the gaming machine (e.g., slot machine 100) according to the above embodiment,
A plurality of speakers of different types (e.g., speakers 272, 275, 277, etc.),
a plurality of audio circuits (e.g., audio circuits 450A, 450B, and 450C) electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine including a first board (for example, a first sub-control board 401) on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged,
At least a first audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450A) and a second audio circuit (e.g., audio circuit 450B) of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are arranged such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range (for example, as shown in FIG. 12( a) ),
The plurality of second components of the first audio circuit are a second component A and a second component B,
the plurality of second components of the second audio circuit are a C second component and a D second component;
If an extension line of the edge of the second part A on the side facing the second part B is defined as a first imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the edge of the second part B on the side facing the second part A is defined as a second imaginary extension line, then at least a part of the first part of the first audio circuit is included in the area between the first imaginary extension line and the second imaginary extension line,
When an extension line of the end edge of the C2nd component on the side facing the D2nd component is defined as a third imaginary extension line, and an extension line of the end edge of the D2nd component on the side facing the C2nd component is defined as a fourth imaginary extension line, at least a part of the first component of the second audio circuit is included in the area between the third imaginary extension line and the fourth imaginary extension line (e.g., FIG. 27(a)),
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap (e.g., FIG. 27( a )),
At least one of the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit is disposed closer to an end portion than to a central portion on the first substrate (for example, as shown in FIG. 27( a) ),
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the first substrate is provided with a thermal via corresponding to the audio amplifier,
The first substrate has the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the second audio circuit provided in the same or substantially the same manner (e.g., FIG. 27(a) ),
This is the 18th basic configuration.

According to the 18th basic configuration, the audio output performance of multiple audio circuits is roughly uniform, allowing for stable audio output. Furthermore, the wiring pattern lengths of the first component and multiple second components can be balanced, and the heat generated by the second component can be prevented from affecting other components. Furthermore, the magnetic field generated by the audio circuit can be prevented from affecting other components, and the heat dissipation efficiency of the audio amplifier can be uniform across multiple audio circuits.

Although the embodiments of the present invention have been described above, the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments. Various modifications and changes can be made to the embodiments of the present invention without departing from the spirit of the present invention, and such modifications and changes are also included in the technical scope of the present invention. Furthermore, the actions and effects described in the embodiments of the invention are merely a list of the most preferable actions and effects resulting from the present invention, and the actions and effects of the present invention are not limited to those described in the embodiments of the present invention.

100 Slot machine 110, 111, 112 Reel 113 Reel window 130, 132 Medal insertion button 135 Start lever 137, 138, 139 Stop button 157 Liquid crystal display device 170 Game medal number display device 190 Performance buttons 272, 277 Speaker 300 Main control unit 350 Medal number control unit 400 First sub-control unit 500 Second sub-control unit

Claims (1)

Multiple speakers of different types,
a plurality of audio circuits electrically connected to the plurality of speakers, respectively, and capable of outputting audio signals;
A gaming machine comprising: a first substrate on which the plurality of audio circuits are arranged;
At least a first audio circuit and a second audio circuit of the plurality of audio circuits each include a first component, a plurality of second components, and a third component;
The first audio circuit and the second audio circuit are configured such that the first component, the plurality of second components, and the third component are arranged within the same or substantially the same predetermined range,
the spacing between the plurality of second components in the first audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "first spacing") and the spacing between the plurality of second components in the second audio circuit (hereinafter referred to as "second spacing") are the same or approximately the same;
No components are mounted in the area defined by the first gap,
No components are mounted in the area defined by the second gap,
the first substrate includes a connector electrically connectable to at least a speaker among the plurality of speakers;
the certain connector is disposed near at least a certain audio circuit among the plurality of audio circuits including the first audio circuit and the second audio circuit,
the first component is an audio amplifier;
the first substrate is provided with a thermal via corresponding to the audio amplifier,
the first board is provided with the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the first audio circuit and the thermal vias corresponding to the audio amplifiers of the second audio circuit in the same or substantially the same manner;
A gaming machine characterized by the above.